Document:

exv4w1

EXHIBIT 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

Cricket Communications, Inc.

10% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 

Indenture

Dated as of June 25, 2008

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Trustee

 

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture	 	 
	Act Section
	 	Indenture Section
	310(a)(1)
	 	7.10
	(a)(2)
	 	7.10
	(a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(5)
	 	7.10
	(b)
	 	7.10
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	311(a)
	 	7.11
	(b)
	 	7.11
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	312(a)
	 	2.06
	(b)
	 	12.03
	(c)
	 	12.03
	313(a)
	 	7.06
	(b)(1)
	 	N.A.
	(b)(2)
	 	7.06, 7.07
	(c)
	 	7.06, 12.02
	(d)
	 	7.06
	314(a)
	 	12.05
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)(1)
	 	N.A.
	(c)(2)
	 	N.A.
	(c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(d)
	 	N.A.
	(e)
	 	12.05
	(f)
	 	N.A.
	315(a)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	(d)
	 	N.A.
	(e)
	 	N.A.
	316(a) (last sentence)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(1)(A)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(1)(B)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	N.A.

 

			
	N.A. means not applicable.
	 
	*	 	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 

 

	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture	 	 
	Act Section
	 	Indenture Section
	(c)
	 	12.14
	317(a)(1)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	318(a)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)
	 	12.01

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	ARTICLE ONE

	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

	BY REFERENCE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.01. Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.02. Other Definitions
	 	 	27	 
	Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	27	 
	Section 1.04. Rules of Construction
	 	 	28	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TWO

	THE NOTES

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01. Form and Dating
	 	 	28	 
	Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication
	 	 	29	 
	Section 2.03. Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes
	 	 	30	 
	Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	30	 
	Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.06. Holder Lists
	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.08. Replacement Notes
	 	 	44	 
	Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.10. Treasury Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.11. Temporary Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.12. Cancellation
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest
	 	 	46	 
	Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers
	 	 	46	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE THREE

	REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO

	PURCHASE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee
	 	 	46	 
	Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	 	 	47	 
	Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption
	 	 	47	 
	Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.07. Optional Redemption
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.08. Repurchase Offers
	 	 	49	 
	Section 3.09. Application of Trust Money
	 	 	51	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE FOUR

	COVENANTS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01. Payment of Notes
	 	 	51	 
	Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.03. Reports
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.05. Taxes
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.07. Restricted Payments
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	58	 
	Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness
	 	 	60	 
	Section 4.10. Asset Sales
	 	 	63	 
	Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	64	 
	Section 4.12. Liens
	 	 	66	 
	Section 4.13. Business Activities
	 	 	67	 
	Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control
	 	 	67	 
	Section 4.15. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
	 	 	68	 
	Section 4.16. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	68	 
	Section 4.17. Payments for Consent
	 	 	69	 
	Section 4.18. Guarantees
	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE FIVE

	SUCCESSORS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
	 	 	70	 
	Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted
	 	 	71	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE SIX

	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01. Events of Default
	 	 	71	 
	Section 6.02. Acceleration
	 	 	73	 
	Section 6.03. Other Remedies
	 	 	74	 
	Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	74	 
	Section 6.05. Control by Majority
	 	 	75	 
	Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	75	 
	Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	 	 	75	 
	Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	76	 
	Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	76	 
	Section 6.10. Priorities
	 	 	76	 
	Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE SEVEN

	TRUSTEE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee
	 	 	77	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee
	 	 	78	 
	Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	79	 
	Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	79	 
	Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults
	 	 	79	 
	Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	 	 	79	 
	Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	80	 
	Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	81	 
	Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	 	 	82	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE EIGHT

	DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	82	 
	Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	 	 	82	 
	Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	83	 
	Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	83	 
	Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	85	 
	Section 8.06. Repayment to the Company
	 	 	85	 
	Section 8.07. Reinstatement
	 	 	86	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE NINE

	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	86	 
	Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	87	 
	Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	89	 
	Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	89	 
	Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	89	 
	Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	 	 	89	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TEN

	NOTE GUARANTEES

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.01. Guarantee
	 	 	89	 
	Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	 	 	91	 
	Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	 	 	91	 
	Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms
	 	 	91	 
	Section 10.05. Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor
	 	 	92	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE ELEVEN

	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge
	 	 	93	 
	Section 11.02. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	94	 

iii

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.03. Repayment to the Company
	 	 	94	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TWELVE

	MISCELLANEOUS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	94	 
	Section 12.02. Notices
	 	 	95	 
	Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	 	 	96	 
	Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	96	 
	Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	96	 
	Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	97	 
	Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	 	 	97	 
	Section 12.08. Governing Law
	 	 	97	 
	Section 12.09. Consent to Jurisdiction
	 	 	97	 
	Section 12.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	97	 
	Section 12.11. Successors
	 	 	97	 
	Section 12.12. Severability
	 	 	98	 
	Section 12.13. Counterpart Originals
	 	 	98	 
	Section 12.14. Acts of Holders
	 	 	98	 
	Section 12.15. Benefit of Indenture
	 	 	99	 
	Section 12.16. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	 	 	99	 

EXHIBITS

	 	 	 
	Exhibit A

	 	FORM OF NOTE
	 
	 	 
	Exhibit B

	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	 
	 	 
	Exhibit C

	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	 
	 	 
	Exhibit D

	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	 
	 	 
	Exhibit E

	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	 
	 	 
	Exhibit F

	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

iv

 

          INDENTURE dated as of June 25, 2008 among Cricket Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), the Initial Guarantors (as defined below) listed on the signature pages hereto and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee.

          The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for
the issuance from time to time of its 10% Senior Notes due 2015 to be issued in one or more series
as provided in this Indenture. The Initial Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and
delivery of this Indenture to provide for a guarantee of the Notes and of certain of the Company’s
obligations hereunder. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the
Company and the Initial Guarantors, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

          The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined below) agree as follows for the
benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of
the 10% Senior Notes due 2015:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions.

          “144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing
the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and
registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

          “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or which is assumed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
with an Asset Acquisition and not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition. The term “Acquired Indebtedness” does
not include Indebtedness of a Person which is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at
the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition.

          “Additional Interest” means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Additional Notes” means an unlimited maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than
the Notes issued on the date hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02
and 4.09 hereof.

          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means (1) any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person,
(2) any executive officer or director of such specified Person or (3) any Designated Entity. For
purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person,

 

 

shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the
Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

          “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such
date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at July 15, 2012 (such redemption price
being described herein at Section 3.07) plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due on
such Note through July 15, 2012 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the
principal amount of such Note.

          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream
that apply to such transfer or exchange.

          “Asset Acquisition” means:

          (1) an Investment by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person
pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or
consolidated with the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only if such Person’s
primary business is a Permitted Business,

          (2) an acquisition by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and
assets of any Person other than the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute
all or substantially all of a division, operating unit or line of business of such Person but only
if the property and assets so acquired is a Permitted Business,

          (3) an Investment by a Designated Entity in any other Person pursuant to which such Person
shall (a) become a Subsidiary of such Designated Entity or (b) be merged into or consolidated with
such Designated Entity, but, in the case of (a) or (b), only if such Person’s primary business is a
Permitted Business, or

          (4) an acquisition by a Designated Entity of the property and assets of any Person other than
the Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Designated Entity that constitute all
or substantially all of a division, operating unit or line of business of such Person but only if
the property and assets so acquired is a Permitted Business.

          “Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by:

          (1) the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than to the Parent or another
Restricted Subsidiary of (a) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted

2

 

Subsidiary or any Designated Entity or (b) all or substantially all of the assets that
constitute a division, operating unit or line of business of the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, or

          (2) a Designated Entity other than to the Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
other Designated Entity of (a) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of
such Designated Entity or (b) all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division,
operating unit or line of business of such Designated Entity.

          “Asset Sale” means:

          (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets, other than a transaction
governed by Sections 4.14 and/or Section 5.01 of this Indenture; and

          (2) (a) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries or (b)
the sale by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Equity Interests it owns in any
of its Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals
to the extent required by applicable law) or Designated Entities.

          Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall be deemed not to be Asset Sales:

          (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or Equity
Interests having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million;

          (2) a transfer of assets or Equity Interests between or among the Parent and its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

          (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to the Parent or
to another Restricted Subsidiary;

          (4) the sale, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, consignment, conveyance or other
disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of
business or to any Designated Entity in compliance with Section 4.11 of this Indenture;

          (5) the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents;

          (6) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

          (7) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 and any Permitted Investment;

          (8) any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn out or
obsolete;

          (9) the creation of a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture; and

3

 

          (10) the licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles (other than FCC
Licenses) to third persons on terms approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent or the Company
in good faith and in the ordinary course of business.

          “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of
determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the
remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period
for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such
present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in
such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors.

          “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and
“Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.

          “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except
in the context of the definitions of “Change of Control,” a duly authorized committee
thereof;

     (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership;

     (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee or board of directors of such company or of the sole member or of the
managing member thereof; and

     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function.

          “Board Resolution” means a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
the Parent, or the Company, as applicable, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
the Parent or the Company, as applicable, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification.

          “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

4

 

          “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be
capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be
the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

          “Capital Stock” means:

     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited); and

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

     “Cash Equivalents” means:

     (1) United States dollars;

     (2) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured
by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the
full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof), having
maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition thereof;

     (3) demand deposits, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with
maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any
domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a rating
at the time of acquisition thereof of P-1 or better from Moody’s or A-1 or better from S&P;

     (4) commercial paper outstanding at any time issued by any Person organized under the
laws of any state of the United States of America and rated P-1 or better from Moody’s or
A-1 or better from S&P and in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the
date of acquisition thereof;

     (5) securities with final maturities of not more than two years from the date of
acquisition thereof issued or fully guaranteed by any state, territory or municipality of
the United States of America or by any political subdivision, taxing authority, agency or
instrumentality thereof and rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s;

5

 

     (6) insured demand deposits made in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ customary cash management policy in any domestic
office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or
any state thereof;

     (7) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

     (8) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]; and

     (9) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Parent or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market funds or investment programs registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the portfolios of which are limited solely to
Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (2) through (8) of
this definition.

     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

     (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than
by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act);

     (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company
or Parent;

     (3) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such “person” or its Subsidiaries,
and any Person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or
administrator of any such plan) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35%
or more of the Voting Stock of Parent on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all
such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any
option right to the extent that such option right is exercisable within 60 days after the
date of determination);

     (4) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the Board
of Directors or other equivalent governing body of the Company or Parent cease to be
composed of individuals (i) who were members of the Board of Directors or equivalent
governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that
Board of Directors or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in
clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority
of that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body, (iii) whose election or nomination
to that Board of Directors or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals
referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or
nomination at least a majority of that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body or
(iv) in the case of the Company, whose

6

 

election or nomination to that Board of Directors or equivalent governing body was
approved by Parent (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any
individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that Board
of Directors or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by
any “person” or “group” other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors
by or on behalf of the Board of Directors);

     (5) the Company or Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or
any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into the Company or Parent, in any such
event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company
or Parent is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than
any such transaction where, immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” (as
such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes, directly or
indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of 35% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of
the surviving or transferee Person; or

     (6) Parent ceases to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Company (unless Parent
and the Company are merged).

          “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg (formerly Cedel Bank,
société anonyme), and any successor thereto.

          “Closing Date” means June 25, 2008.

          “Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock (other than Preferred
Stock) of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued thereafter.

          “Company” means Cricket Communications, Inc. until a successor replaces it pursuant to
Section 5.01 hereof and thereafter means the successor.

          “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

     (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person, its Restricted
Subsidiaries and its Designated Entities for such period, to the extent that such provision
for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (2) Fixed Charges of such Person, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Designated
Entities for such period, to the extent that any such Fixed Charges were deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of
or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense
that was paid in a prior period) of such Person, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its
Designated Entities for such period to the extent that such

7

 

depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income, such other non-cash expenses to include, without limitation,
impairment charges associated with goodwill, wireless licenses, other indefinite-lived
assets and long-lived assets, and stock-based compensation awards; minus

     (4) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than
the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice;

     in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

          Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, the
Fixed Charges of and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent or a Designated Entity shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to
compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent (A) in the same proportion that the Net Income of such
Restricted Subsidiary or such Designated Entity was added to compute such Consolidated Net Income
of the Parent and (B) only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date
of determination to be dividended or distributed to the Parent by such Restricted Subsidiary or
such Designated Entity without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and
without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements,
instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to
that Subsidiary or its stockholders, or such Designated Entity or holders of its Capital Stock, as
applicable (other than restrictions on dividends or distributions in respect of Existing Designated
Entities that are contained in agreements or instruments existing on the Issue Date and any
amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing thereof,
provided that such corresponding restrictions on dividends or distributions, as the case may be,
included therein are no more restrictive than the applicable restrictions on dividends or
distributions in the agreement or instrument being amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded,
replaced or refinanced).

          “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means on any Transaction Date, the ratio of:

     (1) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Parent, its Restricted Subsidiaries and
its Designated Entities on a consolidated basis outstanding on such Transaction Date, to

     (2) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent, its Restricted
Subsidiaries and its Designated Entities for the Four Quarter Period.

     In determining the Consolidated Leverage Ratio:

     (1) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness that is to be incurred or
repaid on the Transaction Date;

     (2) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions
(including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition)
that occur during the Reference Period as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been
applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and

8

 

     (3) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions
(including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition)
that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or a
Designated Entity or has been merged with or into the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary or
any Designated Entity during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset
Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a
Restricted Subsidiary or a Designated Entity, as the case may be, as if such asset
dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that
occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.

          To the extent that pro forma effect is given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition,
such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding
the Transaction Date of the Person, or division, operating unit or line of business of the Person,
that is acquired or disposed of for which financial information is available, and Consolidated Cash
Flow shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act, but without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the definition
of Consolidated Net Income.

          “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
aggregate of the Net Income of such Person, its Subsidiaries and its Designated Entities for such
period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

     (1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or a Designated
Entity or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to
the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person
or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

     (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary or any Designated Entity shall be
excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions
by that Restricted Subsidiary or that Designated Entity, as applicable, of that Net Income
is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that
has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter
or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its equityholders, or such Designated
Entity or holders of its Capital Stock, as applicable (other than restrictions on dividends
or distributions in respect of Existing Designated Entities that are contained in agreements
or instruments existing on the Issue Date and any amendment, restatement, modification,
renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing thereof, provided that such corresponding
restrictions on dividends or distributions, as the case may be, included therein are no more
restrictive than the applicable restrictions on dividends or distributions in the agreement
or instrument being amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced);

     (3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period
prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;

9

 

     (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded; and

     (5) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income or loss of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of
its Subsidiaries.

          “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

          “Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
June 16, 2006, as amended, by and among the Company, Parent, Bank of America, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and the other lenders named therein, including any related notes, Guarantees,
collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case
as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time,
regardless of whether such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement or
refinancing is with the same financial institutions or otherwise.

          “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the
Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other
institutional lenders or a trustee, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables
financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities
formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or issuances of
notes, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in
whole or in part from time to time.

          “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto.

          “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or
both, would be, an Event of Default.

          “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and
issued in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and
such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

          “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and
any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to
the applicable provision of this Indenture.

          “Designated Entity” means a Person that is designated as a “Designated Entity” by the Board of
Directors of the Parent pursuant to a Board Resolution; provided that (i) at the time of the making
of the initial investment by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person, such
Person (A) holds or is intended to hold, whether directly or indirectly through

10

 

one or more subsidiaries, one or more FCC Licenses as, or is eligible to participate in an FCC
auction or auctions for FCC Licenses and/or purchase of FCC Licenses or spectrum in an after-market
therefor, from time to time as, a “Designated Entity,” “Entrepreneur,” “Small Business,” or “Very
Small Business,” as those terms are defined under FCC rules and regulations as in effect at the
time of such initial investment in such Person or (B) is a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Person
meeting the requirements of subclause (A) above; (ii) the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries
own a majority (but less than 100%) of the equity interests of such Person (or in the case of a
Person referred to in subclause (i)(B), the Person referred to in subclause (i)(A) of which such
Person is a wholly owned Subsidiary); (iii) the accounts of such Person are consolidated with those
of the Parent and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; and (iv) such Person’s primary business
is a Permitted Business.

          “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option
of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year after the date on which the
Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Parent to
repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Parent may not
repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or
redemption complies with Section 4.07. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any
options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are
redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is one
year after the date on which the Notes mature.

          “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).

          “Equity Offering” means any public or private placement of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of Parent (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or
otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of Parent) to any
Person other than any Subsidiary thereof.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with
Section 2.07(f) hereof.

          “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

          “Existing Designated Entity” means each of LCW Wireless, LLC and Denali Spectrum, LLC and each
of their respective Subsidiaries.

11

 

          “Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Parent and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or under the Notes and
the related Note Guarantees) in existence on the Issue Date after giving effect to the application
of the proceeds of (1) the Notes and (2) any borrowings made under the Credit Agreement on the
Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.

          “Fair Market Value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between
an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under
no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Parent or by the Board of
Directors of the Parent, evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate or Board Resolution, as applicable.

          “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission.

          “FCC Licenses” means broadband personal communications service licenses or other licenses for
the provision of wireless telecommunications services or operation of wireless telecommunications
systems issued by the FCC from time to time.

          “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of:

     (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person, its Restricted Subsidiaries and
its Designated Entities for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without
limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash
interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest
component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with
respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in
respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all
payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus

     (2) the consolidated interest of such Person, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its
Designated Entities that was capitalized during such period; plus

     (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such
Person, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its Designated Entities or secured by a
Lien on assets of such Person, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its Designated
Entities whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

     (4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in
cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its Designated Entities other than
dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Parent or to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, times (b) a
fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then
current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person (if such Person
is part of a consolidated group, then such tax rate shall be computed on a standalone basis
for such Person), expressed as a decimal,

12

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

          “Forward Sale Agreements” means collectively (a) that certain Confirmation of Forward Sale
Transaction, dated as of August 15, 2006, between Parent and Goldman Sachs Financial Markets, L.P.
and (b) that certain Confirmation of Forward Sale Transaction, dated as of August 15, 2006, between
Parent and Citibank, N.A.

          “Four Quarter Period” means, with respect to any specified Transaction Date, the four fiscal
quarters immediately prior to the Transaction Date for which internal financial statements of the
Parent are available.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, the opinions and pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and
in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which were in effect on October 23, 2006.

          “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(ii), which is required to
be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

          “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and
the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance
with Section 2.01, 2.07(b), 2.07(d) or 2.07(f) of this Indenture.

          “Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of the United States of
America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged.

          “Guarantee” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner
including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another
Person.

          “Guarantors” means:

     (1) the Initial Guarantors; and

     (2) any other Subsidiary that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture;

and their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Note
Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

          “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such
Person under:

13

 

     (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar
agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to interest rates;

     (2) commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and
other agreements or arrangements with respect to commodity prices; and

     (3) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or
arrangements with respect to foreign currency exchange rates.

          “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

          “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for,
the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall
have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided that (1) any Indebtedness of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or a Designated
Entity shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary or such Designated Entity at
the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or a Designated Entity and (2) neither
the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount nor the payment of interest in
the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally
issued) shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness; provided that in each case the amount
thereof is for all other purposes included in the Fixed Charges and Indebtedness of the Parent, its
Restricted Subsidiaries or its Designated Entities as accrued.

          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person,
whether or not contingent:

     (1) in respect of borrowed money;

     (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit
(or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

     (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

     (4) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt;

     (5) in respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property or services, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade
payable;

     (6) representing Hedging Obligations;

     (7) representing Disqualified Stock valued at the greater of its voluntary or
involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends; or

14

 

     (8) in the case of a Subsidiary of such Person, representing Preferred Stock valued at
the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued
dividends.

          In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien
on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified
Person), provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market
Value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, and (y)
to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of
any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in
accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, as if such
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness is
required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture.

          The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at
such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent
obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the
obligation, and shall be:

     (1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount; and

     (2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than
30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

          “Initial Guarantors” means Parent and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent
existing on the Issue Date, other than inactive Subsidiaries.

          “Initial Purchasers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup
Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

          “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through
a Participant.

          “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

          “Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans or other extensions of credit
(including Guarantees), advances, capital contributions (by means of any

15

 

transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the
account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

          If the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent sells or otherwise disposes of any
Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent such that, after
giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Parent, the Parent shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or
disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Subsidiary not sold or
disposed of. The acquisition by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of a Person
that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Parent or
such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the
Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person.

          “Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

          “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City
of New York or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive
order to remain closed.

          “Legended Regulation S Global Note” means a global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of
and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of
Regulation S.

          “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent
to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Registered Exchange
Offer.

          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest
in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code
(or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

          “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such
Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
dividends, excluding, however:

     (1) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or
loss, realized in connection with: (a) any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of
business of such Person; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person, any of its

16

 

Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its Designated Entities or the extinguishment of any
Indebtedness of such Person, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its Designated
Entities; and

     (2) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on
such extraordinary gain or loss.

          “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds, including payments in respect of deferred
payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not the interest component,
thereof) received by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any
non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such
Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking and brokerage
fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (2) taxes
paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (3) amounts required to be applied to the
repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were
the subject of such Asset Sale or required to be paid as a result of such sale, (4) any reserve for
adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with
GAAP, (5) in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, payments to
holders of Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary in such capacity (other than such Equity
Interests held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof) to the extent that such payment
is required to permit the distribution of such proceeds in respect of the Equity Interests in such
Restricted Subsidiary held by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (6) appropriate
amounts to be provided by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve against
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other
post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities
under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in
accordance with GAAP; provided that (a) excess amounts set aside for payment of taxes pursuant to
clause (2) above remaining after such taxes have been paid in full or the statute of limitations
therefor has expired and (b) amounts initially held in reserve pursuant to clause (6) no longer so
held, shall, in the case of each of subclause (a) and (b), at that time become Net Proceeds.

          “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

          “Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

          “Notes” means the 10% Senior Notes due 2015 of the Company issued on the date hereof and any
Additional Notes, including any Exchange Notes. The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, shall
be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

          “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness.

          “Offering” means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

17

 

          “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Company for the offering of the
Notes, dated June 19, 2008.

          “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer,
any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company or the Parent, as
the case may be, by at least two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting
officer of the Company or the Parent, as the case may be, that meets the requirements of
Section 12.05 hereof.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee (who may be counsel to or an employee of the Parent or the Company) that meets the
requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.

          “Parent” means Leap Wireless International, Inc. until a successor replaces it pursuant to
Section 5.02 hereof and thereafter means the successor.

          “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

          “Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in
the Offering Memorandum) by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date
(including, without limitation, the delivery or distribution of wireless telecommunications
services (including voice, data or video services) and the acquisition, holding or exploitation of
any license relating to the delivery of such wireless telecommunications services) and other
businesses related, ancillary or complementary thereto.

          “Permitted Investments” means:

     (1) any Investment in the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent;

     (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

     (3) any Investment by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent in a
Person, if as a result of such Investment:

	 	(a)	 	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Parent; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	such Person is merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of
its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent;

     provided that such Person’s primary business is a Permitted Business;

18

 

     (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10;

     (5) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or
swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to
reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for
speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding
at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or
foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
thereunder;

     (6) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments;

     (7) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in
conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the
balance sheet of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection
or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

     (8) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to officers and employees of the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are expected at the time of such advance
ultimately to be recorded as an expense in conformity with GAAP;

     (9) loans and advances to employees, officers or directors of the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business, provided that such loans
and advances do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding;

     (10) Investments in any Existing Designated Entity pursuant to agreements in existence
on the Issue Date or to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement in effect on the
Issue Date;

     (11) Investments existing on the Issue Date; and

     (12) other Investments in any Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business
(provided that any such Person is not an Affiliate of the Parent or is an Affiliate of the
Parent solely because the Parent, directly or indirectly, owns Equity Interests in, or
controls, such Person) having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such
Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) since the Issue Date,
not to exceed 10% of total assets of the Parent (determined as of the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter of the Parent for which internal financial statements of the Parent are
available).

     “Permitted Liens” means:

     (1) Liens on the assets of the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing
Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,500.0 million and
(y) an amount equal to the Secured Debt Cap on the date on which such Lien is to be
incurred;

19

 

     (2) Liens in favor of the Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

     (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such merger or consolidation or other event resulting in such Person
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and do not extend to any assets other than those of the
Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the
Parent or the Restricted Subsidiary;

     (4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property
so acquired by the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiary;

     (5) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

     (6) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than any Liens securing Indebtedness
Incurred under the Credit Agreement) and any renewals or extension thereof, provided that
property or assets covered thereby is not expanded in connection with such renewal or
extension;

     (7) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that such Liens do not
extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets that secure the
Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (8) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to satisfy and discharge
Indebtedness; provided that (a) the Incurrence of such Indebtedness was not prohibited by
this Indenture and (b) such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by
this Indenture;

     (9) Liens securing obligations that do not exceed $25.0 million at any one time
outstanding;

     (10) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by
Section 4.09(b)(iv); provided that any such Lien (a) covers only the assets acquired,
constructed or improved with such Indebtedness and (b) is created within 180 days of such
acquisition, construction or improvement;

     (11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection
with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security obligations;

     (12) Liens, deposits (including deposits with the FCC) or pledges to secure the
performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of
Indebtedness), leases, or other similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of
business;

20

 

     (13) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of other
for, rights of way, zoning or other restrictions as to the use of properties, and defects in
title which, in the case of any of the foregoing, were not incurred or created to secure the
payment of Indebtedness, and which in the aggregate do no materially adversely affect the
value of such properties or materially impair the use for the purposes of which such
properties are held by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (14) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices
of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

     (15) Liens, deposits or pledges to secure public or statutory obligations, surety,
stay, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds or obligations; and Liens,
deposits or pledges in lieu of such bonds or obligations, or to secure such bonds or
obligations, or to secure letters of credit in lieu of or supporting the payment of such
bonds or obligations;

     (16) Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation,
refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Parent or any Subsidiary
thereof on deposit with or in possession of such bank;

     (17) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensor in the property subject
to any lease, license or sublicense (other than any property that is the subject of a Sale
and Leaseback Transaction);

     (18) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges not yet delinquent or being
contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established to the extent
required by GAAP;

     (19) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating
leases or consignments;

     (20) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

     (21) Liens on cash collateral not in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate at any
time securing letters of credit; and

     (22) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or
other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations not
overdue for a period in excess of 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently prosecuted; provided, however,
that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required to conform with GAAP
will have been made for that reserve or provision.

          “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to

21

 

extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Parent or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

     (1) the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the amount
of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus
all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium
necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection
therewith);

     (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than
the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

     (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity
date of the Notes and is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note
Guarantees, as applicable, on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders
of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

     (4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Note Guarantees, such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment
to, the Notes or such Note Guarantees; and

     (5) such Indebtedness is Incurred by either (a) the Restricted Subsidiary that is the
obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded or (b) the Parent or the Company.

          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or
other entity.

          “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has
preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or
redemptions upon liquidation.

          “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) to be placed on
all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this
Indenture.

          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

          “Reference Period” means, with respect to any specified Transaction Date, the period beginning
on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and ending on such Transaction Date.

22

 

          “Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date,
the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, among the Company, the Initial
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any
registration rights agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto
relating to the registration by the Company and the Guarantors of such Additional Notes under the
Securities Act.

          “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Regulation S Global Note” means a Legended Regulation S Global Note or a Unlegended
Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate.

          “Replacement Assets” means (1) capital expenditures or other non-current assets that will be
used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business
or Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that, when taken together with all
other Voting Stock of such Person owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, constitutes
a majority of the Voting Stock of such Person and such Person shall become on the date of
acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.

          “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the
Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other
officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the
above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.

          “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

          “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

          “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

          “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S.

          “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

23

 

          “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act.

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its successors.

          “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving
any of the assets or properties of such Person, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby
such Person sells or otherwise transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases
such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person
intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or
transferred.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “Secured Debt Cap” means, on any Transaction Date, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of
the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Designated Entities
for the Four Quarter Period times 3.5. For purposes of making the computation referred to above,
(1) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving
pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur during the
Reference Period as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of
such Reference Period and (2) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset
acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset
disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or a
Designated Entity or has been merged with or into the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary or any
Designated Entity during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions
or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary
or a Designated Entity, as the case may be, as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions
were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference
Period. To the extent that pro forma effect is given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition,
such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding
the Transaction Date of the Person, or division, operating unit or line of business of the Person,
that is acquired or disposed of for which financial information is available, and Consolidated Cash
Flow shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act, but without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the definition
of Consolidated Net Income.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant
subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

24

 

          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any
series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be
paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any
contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the
date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

     (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of
the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a
combination thereof); and

     (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of
which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of
which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination
thereof);

provided, however, that for avoidance of doubt, a Designated Entity shall not be deemed to
be a Subsidiary of the Parent, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as
the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries do not own Voting Stock having the power (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to elect more than 50% of the directors,
managers or trustees of such Designated Entity or become the sole general partner or the
managing general partner of such Designated Entity.

          “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that guarantees the
Company’s Obligations under the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and its
successors and assigns, until released from its obligations under such Guarantee and this Indenture
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture
is qualified under the TIA.

          “Transaction Date” means, with respect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Parent or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the date such Indebtedness is to be incurred, with respect to
any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made, and with respect to the
incurrence of any Lien by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the date such Lien is
to be incurred.

          “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business
Days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then
remaining term of the Notes to July 15, 2012 provided, however, that if the then remaining term of
the Notes to July 15, 2012 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury
security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear
interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly

25

 

average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except
that if the then remaining term of the Notes to July 15, 2012 is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity
of one year shall be used.

          “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the
successor serving hereunder.

          “Unlegended Regulation S Global Note” means a permanent global Note in the form of Exhibit A
hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of
the Depositary or its nominee and issued upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

          “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not
required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

          “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of
Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and
registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes, and that does not bear
the Private Placement Legend.

          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Company) that is
designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a
Board Resolution in compliance with Section 4.16 hereof and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary.

          “Unsubordinated Indebtedness” of a Person means any Indebtedness of such Person, unless such
Indebtedness is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment of principal, premium or
interest to any other Indebtedness of such Person.

          “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

          “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is
ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing:

     (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of
years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the
making of such payment; by

     (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

26

 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined
	 	 	in
	Term	 	Section
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	 	4.11	 
	“Asset Sale Offer”
	 	 	4.10	 
	“Authentication Order”
	 	 	2.02	 
	“Automatic Exchange”
	 	 	2.07	 
	“Automatic Exchange Date”
	 	 	2.07	 
	“Automatic Exchange Notice”
	 	 	2.07	 
	“Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	 	 	2.07	 
	“Change of Control Offer”
	 	 	4.14	 
	“Change of Control Payment”
	 	 	4.14	 
	“Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	 	4.14	 
	“Covenant Defeasance”
	 	 	8.03	 
	“DTC”
	 	 	2.01	 
	“Event of Default”
	 	 	6.01	 
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	 	4.10	 
	“Excess Proceeds Trigger Date”
	 	 	4.10	 
	“Legal Defeasance”
	 	 	8.02	 
	“Offer Amount”
	 	 	3.08	 
	“Offer Period”
	 	 	3.08	 
	“offshore transaction”
	 	 	2.07	 
	“Paying Agent”
	 	 	2.04	 
	“Payment Default”
	 	 	6.01	 
	“Permitted Debt”
	 	 	4.09	 
	“Purchase Date”
	 	 	3.08	 
	“Registrar”
	 	 	2.04	 
	“Related Proceedings”
	 	 	12.09	 
	“Repurchase Offer”
	 	 	3.08	 
	“Restricted Payments”
	 	 	4.07	 
	“Specified Courts”
	 	 	12.09	 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by
reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

          The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

          “indenture securities” means the Notes;

          “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

27

 

          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

          “obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.

     (a) Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (iii) “or” is not exclusive;

     (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

     (v) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

     (vi) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to
include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time
to time.

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Form and Dating.

          (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The
Notes shall be issued in registered, global form without interest coupons and only shall be in
minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution
and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

28

 

          (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto (and shall include the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon
and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each
Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each
shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time
to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and
redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the
Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07
hereof.

          (c) Regulation S Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be
issued initially in the form of the Legended Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on
behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for The
Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of
the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream,
duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following
the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global
Note shall automatically be exchanged for beneficial interests in Unlegended Regulation S Global
Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S
Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of
the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of
interest as hereinafter provided.

          (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the
“General Terms and Conditions of Cedel Bank” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by
Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

          Two Officers of the Company shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile
signature.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

          A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. Such
signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

29

 

          The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture is unlimited. The Company may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture and applicable
law, issue Additional Notes under this Indenture, including Exchange Notes. The Notes issued on
the Closing Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class
for all purposes under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company
(an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue on the date hereof of $300.0
million. At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee
shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate Notes for original issue in aggregate
principal amount specified in such Authentication Order. The Authentication Order shall specify
the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of
the Company.

Section 2.03. Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes.

          If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company shall pay, or
cause the Paying Agent to pay, all principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any,
on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on Notes shall be
made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar unless the Company elects to make
interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of
Holders.

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

          (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of
their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar
without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name
and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or
maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company
or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

          (b) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

          (c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to
act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

30

 

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that
the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by
the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest
on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such
payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money
held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money
held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the
Company or one of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company
or one of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or
reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the
Notes.

Section 2.06. Holder Lists.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require
of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a).

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.

          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole
except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a
successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be
exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) DTC (A) notifies the Company that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and the Company fails to appoint
a successor Depositary within 90 days after receiving such notice or that it (B) has ceased to be a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Company fails to appoint a successor
Depositary within 90 days after becoming aware of such condition; (ii) the Company, at its option,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes; provided
that in no event shall the Legended Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Company for
Definitive Notes prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period; or (iii) there shall have
occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the
occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be
issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be
exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 hereof. Every
Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion
thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a); however,

31

 

beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in
Section 2.07(b) or (c) hereof.

          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and
exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in
any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the
Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers). Beneficial interests in any
Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions
shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.07(b)(i).

     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to
Section 2.07(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to
credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount
equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the
Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a
Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an
amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions
given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in
whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange
referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon
the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period. Upon consummation of a Registered
Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.07(f) hereof, the requirements of
this Section 2.07(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the
Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder
of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of
the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained
in this Indenture and the

32

 

Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the
principal amount at maturity of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07(i)
hereof.

     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the
transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar
receives the following:

     (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

     (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof.

     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any
Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of the
beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the
transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a Person participating in the distribution of the
Exchange Notes or (2) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form
of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

33

 

     (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

          If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

          (v) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private
Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note may be automatically exchanged into
beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of
the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar
day after (A) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (B) with
respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if
such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange
Date”). Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Company may (i) provide
written notice to the Trustee at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange,
instructing the Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial
interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Company
shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written
notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the
register of Holders at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic
Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section
of the Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of
the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and
the (z) “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial
interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver
to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the
Company, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted
Global Notes to be exchanged. At the Company’s request on no less than 5 calendar days’ notice, the
Trustee shall deliver, in the Company’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to
each Holder at such

34

 

Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Section 2.07, during the 10 day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date
and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section
2.07(b)(v) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Company. As a condition to
any Automatic Exchange, the Company shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon,
an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the
Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal
amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted
Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to
reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section
2.07(b)(v), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the
relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the
applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred
pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

          Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note.

          (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If
any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional
Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act other than that listed in subparagraph (B) above, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(b) thereof,
if applicable; or

35

 

     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a
Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) shall
be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as
the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions
from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver
such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be
subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

     (ii) Beneficial Interests in Legended Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes. A
beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a
Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, except in the case of a
transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial
interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of such
beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (2) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

36

 

     (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note
that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
item (1)(b) thereof; or

     (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear
the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to
exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly
pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in
the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and
in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest
shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in
whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If
any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such
Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a

37

 

certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth hereto,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the
appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global
Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.
A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (2) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined
in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

38

 

     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such
exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

          Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(ii),
the Trustee shall cancel the Unrestricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased
the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall
cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

     If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is
effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder
of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the
Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration
of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in
writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents
and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this
Section 2.07(e).

     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
following:

39

 

     (A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities
Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (B) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]; and

     (C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (2) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined
in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
item (1)(d) thereof; or

     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement

40

 

Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act.

     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such
a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof.

          (f) Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Registered Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that
certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes and (y) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company, and accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes
accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such
Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global
Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Global Notes so accepted
Unrestricted Global Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

          (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable
provisions of this Indenture.

     (i) Private Placement Legend. Except as permitted below, each Global Note and each
Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall
bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE, THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED,
ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS
SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON BY
ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY,
PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH CRICKET

41

 

COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (“CRICKET”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF CRICKET WAS THE OWNER OF THIS
NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE
GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO
LEAP WIRELESS INTERNATIONAL, INC., CRICKET OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT
TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS
THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED THEREON ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES
IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS
OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS
GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO
OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE
MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO CRICKET’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH
OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (1) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40-DAY
DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION
AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (2) IN EACH OF THE
FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON
THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND
WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to
subparagraph (b)(iv), (b)(v), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f)
to this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof)
shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

     (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the
following form:

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING
THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS
HEREOF,

42

 

AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE
TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07
OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE
AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE
PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

          (h) Regulation S Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form:

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES
GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS
DEFINED HEREIN).

          (i) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests
in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note
has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be
returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof. At any
time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such
Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by
the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if
the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall
be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by
the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

          (j) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

     (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or
at the Registrar’s request.

     (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11,
3.06, 3.08, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

43

 

     (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any
Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part.

     (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid and legally binding
obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits
under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such
registration of transfer or exchange.

     (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to
exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the
day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the
close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange
any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note
between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date or (D) to register the
transfer of or to exchange a Note tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of
Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

     (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee,
any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

     (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be
submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of
transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronic transmission with the
original to follow by first class mail.

Section 2.08. Replacement Notes.

          (a) If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee
receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company
shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a
replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company,
an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee
and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from
any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its
expenses in replacing a Note.

          (b) Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to
all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.

44

 

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes.

          (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except
for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest
in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those
described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.10 hereof, a Note
does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note;
however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be
outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.

          (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless
the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser.

          (c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it
ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

          (d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any of the
foregoing) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on
that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and
shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.10. Treasury Notes.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in
any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or the Parent, or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Company or the Parent, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes.

          (a) Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and
the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.
Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that
the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate
definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

          (b) Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.12. Cancellation.

          The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and
Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for

45

 

registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all
Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and
shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its procedures for the disposition of canceled
securities in effect as of the date of such disposition (subject to the record retention
requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes shall be
delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or
that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted
interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the
rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and
payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the
related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the
special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers.

          The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if
so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders;
provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such
redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall
promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO

PURCHASE

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

          If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture
pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount
of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

46

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

          (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the
Notes for redemption as follows (i) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in
compliance with the requirements of such principal national securities exchange, or, (ii) if the
Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so that no Notes of $2,000 or
less will be redeemed in part.

          (b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount at
maturity thereof to be redeemed. No Notes in amounts of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.
Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000;
except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of
Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided
in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption
also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

          (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall
deliver or cause to be delivered, by first class mail or electronic transmission, a notice of
redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

     (i) the redemption date;

     (ii) the redemption price;

     (iii) if any Note is being redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount
of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note,
a Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be
issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;

     (iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (v) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price and become due on the date fixed for redemption;

     (vi) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if
any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

     (vii) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the
Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

47

 

     (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

          (b) At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s
name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee,
at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee
give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the
preceding paragraph. The notice, if delivered in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to
have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

          Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called
for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.
A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

          (a) One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee
or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying
Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent
by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued
interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

          (b) If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for
redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the
related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in
whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note
called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of
the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal,
from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01
hereof.

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee
shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal
amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. No Notes in denominations of $2,000 or
less shall be redeemed in part.

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

          (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Company shall not have
the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to July 15, 2012. Thereafter,
the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more

48

 

than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the
applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the related interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage
	2012
	 	 	105.000	%
	2013
	 	 	102.500	%
	2014 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          (b) At any time prior to July 15, 2011, the Company may (on any one or more occasions) redeem
up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued hereunder (including any Additional
Notes) at a redemption price of 110% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash
proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its
Affiliates); and (B) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such
Equity Offering.

          (c) In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2012, the Company may redeem all or part of the
Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the
sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the date of
redemption, plus, (iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of
redemption.

          (d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08. Repurchase Offers.

          In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, the Company shall be required to
commence an offer to all Holders to purchase their respective Notes (a “Repurchase Offer”), it
shall follow the procedures specified in such Sections and, to the extent not inconsistent
therewith, the procedures specified below.

          The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of no less than 30 days and no more than
60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by
applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of
the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes
required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less
than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Repurchase Offer.
Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

49

 

          If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a
Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall
be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer.

          Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Company shall send or cause to be sent, by
first class mail or electronic transmission, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The
notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender
Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. The Repurchase Offer shall be made to all Holders. The
notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall state:

     (i) that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.08 and
Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 hereof, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer shall
remain open;

     (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

     (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue
interest and Additional Interest, if any;

     (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note (or portion
thereof) accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue
interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Purchase Date;

     (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may
elect to have Notes purchased in principal amounts of $2,000 or on integral multiples of
$1,000 only;

     (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer
shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

     (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration
of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

     (viii) that, if the aggregate amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer
Amount, the Trustee shall, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to
Section 4.10 to the provisions of Section 4.10, select the Notes to be purchased on a pro
rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only
Notes in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple in excess thereof, shall be
purchased); and

50

 

     (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or
transferred by book-entry transfer).

          On the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, subject in the case of a
Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.10 to the provisions of Section 4.10, accept for
payment on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes (or portions
thereof) tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been
tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that such Notes (or portions thereof) were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with
the terms of this Section 3.08. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may
be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three days after the Purchase Date) mail or
deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of Notes tendered by such
Holder, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company, shall
promptly issue a new Note. The Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate
and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount at maturity equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or
delivered by the Company to the respective Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the
results of the Repurchase Offer on the Purchase Date.

          The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Repurchase Offer and shall
not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.08, 4.10 or 4.14 by virtue of such
compliance.

Section 3.09. Application of Trust Money.

          All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.02 shall be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment,
either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent)
as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if
any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.

          (a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and
interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or
one of its Subsidiaries, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the
Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal,
premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall

51

 

pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          (b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest, and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate
to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or
an agent of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration
of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the
Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time
the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

          (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency.

          (c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office
or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04 of this Indenture.

Section 4.03. Reports.

          (a) Each of Parent and the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and, upon written request, to
beneficial owners and prospective investors, a copy of all of the information and reports referred
to in clauses (i) and (ii) below within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
regulations (including all applicable extension periods):

     (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Parent were required to
file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the
annual financial statements by its certified independent accountants; and

     (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if
it were required to file such reports.

52

 

          (b) Whether or not required by the SEC, each of Parent and the Company shall comply with the
periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and shall file the reports specified in clauses
(a)(i) and (ii) with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC shall not
accept such a filing. Each of Parent and the Company agrees that it shall not take any action for
the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing,
the SEC shall not accept the Parent’s or the Company’s filings for any reason, Parent or the
Company, as the case may be, shall post the reports referred to in paragraph (a) above on its
website within the time periods that would apply if the Parent or the Company were required to file
those reports with the SEC (including all applicable extension periods).

          (c) If the Parent has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then
the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) and 4.03(b) shall
include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in
the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its
Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Parent.

          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Parent is a Guarantor, the reports, information
and other documents required to be filed and provided by the Company as described in this Section
4.03 shall be satisfied by those of Parent, so long as such filings would satisfy the requirements
of the SEC.

          (e) The Company and the Guarantors shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and each
of Parent and the Company is not required to comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their written request, the
information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors will provide a copy of the
information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, to the
Trustee for informational purposes only.

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

          (a) The Parent, the Company and each other Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so
required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal
year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Parent and its
Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether the Parent has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled
its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Parent has kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he
or she may have knowledge and what action the Parent is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in
existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest,

53

 

if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event
and what action the Parent is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company shall exercise its commercially reasonable
efforts to ensure that the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a)
above are accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent registered public
accounting firm (which shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the
examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their
attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any financial covenants
contained herein that would be covered by the procedures performed in connection with their audit
of such financial statements or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and
period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly
or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

          (c) The Parent shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee,
upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers Certificate specifying such
Default or Event of Default, and in any event, no later than 5 Business Days.

Section 4.05. Taxes.

          The Parent shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency,
any taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

          The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly
waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but
shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07. Restricted Payments.

          (a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly:

     (i) declare or pay (without duplication) any dividend or make any other payment or
distribution on account of the Parent’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity
Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to

54

 

the direct or indirect holders of the Parent’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions
(x) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or (y) to the
Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent);

     (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof held by Persons other than the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or any Note
Guarantees, except (x) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or
(y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in anticipation
of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each
case due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other acquisition; or

     (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in
Sections 4.07(a)(i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

     (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof;

     (B) the Parent would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving
pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the
beginning of the applicable Four Quarter Period, have been permitted to Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a); and

     (C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries after October
23, 2006 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by subclauses 4.07(b)(ii), (iii),
(iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) below), is less than the sum, without
duplication, of:

     (1) 100% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent for the period
(taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2006 to the end of the
Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, minus 1.5
times the Fixed Charges of the Parent for the same period, plus

     (2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including Cash
Equivalents) received by the Parent since October 23, 2006 as a contribution
to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of

55

 

Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent (other
than proceeds received by the Parent from the Forward Sale Agreements) or
from the Incurrence of Indebtedness of the Parent or the Company that has
been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than
Equity Interests sold to, or Indebtedness held by, a Subsidiary of the
Parent), plus

     (3) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Parent and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after October 23, 2006, an amount equal to the net
reduction in such Restricted Investments in any Person resulting from
repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case
to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds
from the sale of any such Restricted Investment (except, in each case, to
the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of
Consolidated Cash Flow), from the release of any Guarantee (except to the
extent any amounts are paid under such Guarantee) or from redesignations of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, not to exceed, in each
case, the amount of Restricted Investments previously made by the Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary after
October 23, 2006.

          (b) The preceding provisions shall not prohibit, so long as in the case of subclauses (iv),
(vii) and (x) below of this Section 4.07(b), no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be
caused thereby:

     (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof,
if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this
Indenture;

     (ii) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent to the
holders of its Common Stock on a pro rata basis;

     (iii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any
subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any
Equity Interests of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the
net cash proceeds of a contribution to the common equity of the Parent or a substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent) of, Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Parent; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds
that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition shall be excluded from clause (C)(2) of the preceding paragraph (a);

     (iv) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness
subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees with the net cash proceeds from an
Incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

56

 

     (v) Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or in exchange for, or out of
the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Parent) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of, the Parent; provided that
the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such acquisition or
exchange shall be excluded from clause (C)(2) of the preceding paragraph (a);

     (vi) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or
warrants to the extent that such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the
exercise price thereof;

     (vii) (a) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of
any Equity Interests of the Parent held by any current or former employee, consultant or
director of Parent, or any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent pursuant to the terms of
any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement entered into
in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate of all amounts paid by the
Parent in any calendar year shall not exceed $2.5 million (with unused amounts in any
calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding calendar year, subject to maximum
payment of $5.0 million in any calendar year); provided, further, that such amount in any
calendar year may be increased by an amount equal to (a) the net cash proceeds from the sale
of Equity Interests of the Parent to current or former members of management, directors,
consultants or employees that occurs after October 23, 2006 (provided that the amount of any
such net cash proceeds shall be excluded from clause (C)(2) of the preceding paragraph (a))
plus (b) the net cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent or
its Restricted Subsidiaries after October 23, 2006;

     (viii) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for
value of shares of Capital Stock of the Parent, to the extent necessary, in the good faith
judgment of the Parent’s Board of Directors, to prevent the loss or secure the renewal or
reinstatement of any license held by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from
any governmental agency;

     (ix) the purchase by the Parent or the Company from WLPCS Management, LLC or CSM
Wireless, LLC (or their respective successors or assigns) of their respective membership
interests in LCW Wireless, LLC upon exercise of their respective “put” rights to sell their
entire membership interests in LCW Wireless, LLC to the Company; provided that exercise of
such “put” rights shall be on terms, in the good faith judgment of the Parent’s Board of
Directors, at least as favorable to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as WLPCS
Management, LLC’s or CSM Wireless LLC’s “put” rights in existence on October 23, 2006; and

     (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million.

          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the
date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued
to or by the Parent or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the

57

 

Restricted Payment; provided that if the Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, such Fair
Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent evidenced by
a Board Resolution. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment under clause (C) of
paragraph (a) or clause (x) of paragraph (b) above, the Parent shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis
upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of
any opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries.

          (a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

     (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (or with respect
to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits) to the Parent or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any liabilities owed to the Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (ii) make loans or advances to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

          (b) However, the preceding restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:

     (i) existing under, by reason of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, Existing
Indebtedness or any other agreements in effect on October 23, 2006 and any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of
the Parent, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the
Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or such other agreements, as the case may be, as in
effect on October 23, 2006;

     (ii) set forth in this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the exchange notes
and the related Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement in
exchange therefor;

     (iii) existing under, by reason of or with respect to applicable law, rule, regulation
or order;

     (iv) with respect to any Person or the property or assets of a Person acquired by the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of such acquisition and
not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, which

58

 

encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or the properties or assets
of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired
and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors of the Parent, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than
those in effect on the date of the acquisition;

     (v) in the case of Section 4.08(a)(iii):

     (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer
of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar
property or asset,

     (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or
right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, or

     (C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to
any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from
the value of property or assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof
in any manner material to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

     (vi) existing under, by reason of or with respect to any agreement for the sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and
assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary
pending such sale or other disposition;

     (vii) existing under restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (viii) existing under, by reason of or with respect to provisions with respect to the
disposition or distribution of assets or property, in each case contained in joint venture
agreements and which the Board of Directors of the Parent determines in good faith shall not
adversely affect the Company’s ability to make payments of principal or interest payments on
the Notes; and

     (ix) restrictions in other Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 4.09
provided that such restrictions, taken as a whole, are, in the good faith judgment of the
Parent’s Board of Directors, no more materially restrictive with respect to such
encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in the existing agreements referenced in
clauses (i) and (ii) above.

59

 

Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness.

          (a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Parent, the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness, if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio would be less than 6.25 to 1.

          (b) Section 4.09(a) shall not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of
Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

     (i) the Incurrence by the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of
Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding
pursuant to this clause (i) not to exceed $1,500.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all
Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to
permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10;

     (ii) the Incurrence of Existing Indebtedness;

     (iii) the Incurrence by the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the
Issue Date and the exchange notes and the related Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement in exchange therefor;

     (iv) the Incurrence by the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of
Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, Attributable
Debt, purchase money obligations or other obligations, in each case, Incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or
improvement of property, plant or equipment (including acquisition of Capital Stock of a
Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent of the Fair Market Value of the
property, plant or equipment of such Person) used in the business of the Parent, the Company
or such Subsidiary Guarantor, in an aggregate amount, including all Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
this clause (iv), not to exceed $150.0 million at any time outstanding;

     (v) the Incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge Indebtedness (other than intercompany
Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be Incurred under Section 4.09(a) or
Section 4.09(b)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (xii) or (xiv);

     (vi) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany
Indebtedness owing to or held by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that:

     (A) if the Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on
such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly

60

 

subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with
respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case
of the Parent or a Subsidiary Guarantor; and

     (B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in
any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Parent, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such
Indebtedness to a Person that is not the Parent, the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence
of such Indebtedness by the Parent, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

     (vii) the Guarantee by the Parent, the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that was permitted to
be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness
being Guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then
the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the
Indebtedness guaranteed;

     (viii) the Incurrence by the Parent, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping
interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or
amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative
purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time
other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign
currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
thereunder;

     (ix) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or
similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds
securing any obligations of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to
such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business,
assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any
Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for
the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount does not exceed the gross
proceeds actually received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection
with such disposition;

     (x) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or
similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business,
provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished promptly after its Incurrence;

61

 

     (xi) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the
ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit or
the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days
following such drawing or Incurrence;

     (xii) the Incurrence by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Acquired Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200.0 million;

     (xiii) the Incurrence by the Parent or the Company of Indebtedness to the extent that
the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the
Notes; or

     (xiv) the Incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional
Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to this clause (xiv), not to exceed $100.0 million.

          For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that any proposed
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xiv) of 4.09(b), or is entitled to
be Incurred pursuant to 4.09(a), the Parent shall be permitted to divide and classify such item of
Indebtedness at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and
may later redivide and/or reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness in any manner
that complies with this Section 4.09. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit
Agreement outstanding on October 23, 2006 shall be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in
reliance on the exception provided by Section 4.09(b)(i).

          (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded
with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the
exchange rates of currencies.

          (d) The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to
any other Indebtedness of the Company unless it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes to
the same extent. The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor, to Incur any
Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Parent or
such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless it is subordinate in right of payment to the
relevant Note Guarantee to the same extent. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness shall
be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Parent, the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of any Liens or Guarantees
arising or created in respect thereof or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured
Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority
over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

62

 

Section 4.10. Asset Sales.

          (a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
consummate an Asset Sale unless:

     (i) the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such
Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued
or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

     (ii) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a
combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed
to be cash:

     (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s
most recent balance sheet, of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
contingent liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the Notes
or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed to the Parent or any
Affiliate of the Parent) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or
Equity Interests pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the Parent
or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor, and

     (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent or any
such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are (within 60 days of receipt
and subject to ordinary settlement periods) converted by the Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that
conversion).

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to in Section 4.10(a)(ii) shall be
deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale in which the cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement
Assets portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing
provision on an after tax basis, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have
been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation.

          (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent or
its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

     (i) to repay, prepay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Indebtedness under
the Credit Agreement (and to permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto in the case
of revolving borrowings); or

     (ii) to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding agreement to purchase such
Replacement Assets; provided that (x) such purchase is consummated within 180 days after the
date that is 365 days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale and (y) if
such purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net
Proceeds not so applied shall be deemed to be Excess Proceeds).

63

 

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net
Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

          (c) On the 366th day after an Asset Sale (or, in the event that a binding agreement has been
entered into as set forth in Section 4.10(b)(ii), the later date of expiration of the 180-day
period set forth in such Section 4.10(b)(ii) or such earlier date, if any, as the Parent determines
not to apply the Net Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in Section 4.10(b) (each
such date being referred as an “Excess Proceeds Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net
Proceeds that has not been applied on or before the Excess Proceeds Trigger Date as permitted in
Section 4.10(b) (“Excess Proceeds”) shall be applied by the Company to make an offer (an “Asset
Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with
the Notes or any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture
with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum
principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash.

          (d) The Company may defer the Asset Sale Offer until the aggregate unutilized Excess Proceeds
accrued in the preceding twelve calendar months equals or exceeds $15.0 million, at which time the
entire unutilized amount of Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $15.0 million) shall
be applied as provided in Section 4.10(c). If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an
Asset Sale Offer, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use such Excess Proceeds for any
purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and
such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis
based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon
completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Proceeds subject to such Asset Sale shall no longer
be deemed to be Excess Proceeds.

          (e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and
any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
Section 3.08 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities
laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.08
hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates.

          (a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any
payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into, make, amend, renew or extend

64

 

any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for
the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

     (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Parent or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
arm’s-length transaction by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is
not an Affiliate of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

     (ii) the Parent delivers to the Trustee:

     (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a
resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction or
series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent ; and

     (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, an
opinion as to the fairness to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of such
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial
point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking
firm of national standing.

          (b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall
not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a):

     (i) transactions between or among the Parent and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (ii) payment of reasonable and customary fees to, and reasonable and customary
indemnification and similar payments on behalf of, directors of the Parent;

     (iii) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments that are permitted by the
provisions of Section 4.07 of this Indenture;

     (iv) any sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or
receipt of any capital contribution from any Affiliate of the Parent;

     (v) any transaction with any of the Parent’s Designated Entities pursuant to which the
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries provides or receives any of the following:
operational, technical, administrative or other services; goods; intellectual property or
any rights therein; co-location rights or other licensed rights; or leased or other real or
personal property rights; provided that (a) if an Affiliate of the Parent, other than any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, owns any Equity Interests in such Designated Entity, such
services, goods or other rights provided to any such Designated Entity shall be provided at
prices equal to or greater than the cost to the Parent or such Restricted

65

 

Subsidiary of providing such services, goods or other rights, and (b) the Board of
Directors of the Company determines in good faith that such transaction is in the best
interests of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (vi) the provision of, or payment for, services in the ordinary course of business on
terms no less favorable to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
than those that would be obtained in a comparable transaction with an unrelated Person;

     (vii) transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date,
or any amendment, modification, or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as
such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a
whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the
original agreement or arrangement in existence on the Issue Date;

     (viii) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, or indemnification
arrangements, entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with current
or former directors, officers and employees of the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries and the payment of compensation to current or former directors, officers and
employees of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including amounts paid
pursuant to employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), so long as such
agreement, arrangement, plan or payment has been approved by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board of Directors of the Parent;

     (ix) issuances, purchases or repurchases of Notes or other Indebtedness of the Parent
or its Restricted Subsidiaries or solicitations of amendments, waivers or consents in
respect of Notes or such other Indebtedness, if such issuance, purchase, repurchase or
solicitation is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors of the Parent;

     (x) payments or prepayments in respect of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or
solicitations of amendments, waivers or consents in respect of the Indebtedness under the
Credit Agreement, if such payment, prepayment or solicitation is on the same terms as those
offered to each holder of the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement that is not an
Affiliate of the Parent; and

     (xi) reasonable payments made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting,
placement or syndication services approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent in good
faith.

Section 4.12. Liens.

          The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create,
Incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other
than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless
all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes or Note Guarantees, as applicable, are secured
on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured (or, in the

66

 

case of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the related Note Guarantees, prior or senior
thereto, with the same relative priority as the Notes or the related Note Guarantees shall have
with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such obligations are no longer
secured by a Lien.

Section 4.13. Business Activities.

          The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to, engage in any
business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the
Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control.

          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the
Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer by the Company (a “Change of Control Offer”).
In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in
cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date of repurchase
(the “Change of Control Payment Date”, which date shall be no earlier than the date of such Change
of Control); provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the
Company shall not be obligated to purchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.14 in the event
that the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07. No
later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder
describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to
repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date shall
be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant
to the procedures described in Section 3.08.

          (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

     (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer;

     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent, prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, an amount
equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
tendered; and

     (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together
with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Company.

          (c) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail
(or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to
any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that

67

 

each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000
in excess thereof.

          (d) The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as
soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company shall not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable
to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

          (f) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned
upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the
time of making of the Change of Control Offer. Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to a
Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired
and canceled, at the option of the Company. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to Section
4.14(e) shall have the status of Notes issued and outstanding.

Section 4.15. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

Section 4.16. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

          (a) The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Parent, other than the Company, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that:

     (i) any Guarantee by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any
Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of
Indebtedness by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the
time of such designation, and such Incurrence of Indebtedness would be permitted under
Section 4.09;

     (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary being so designated (including any
Guarantee by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary) and any commitments to make any such Investments shall be deemed to be an
Investment made as of the time of such designation and that such Investment would be
permitted under Section 4.07;

     (iii) such Subsidiary does not hold any Liens on any property of the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

     (iv) the Subsidiary being so designated:

     (A) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent unless

68

 

the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no
less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could
have been obtained at the time the agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
was entered into from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent (other than any
such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding permitted under
Section 4.11); and

     (B) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit
support for any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
except to the extent such Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such
designation; and

     (v) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

          (b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee the Board Resolution giving effect to such
designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with Section
4.16(a) and is permitted by this Indenture. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail
to meet any of the requirements described in Sections 4.16(a)(iv), it shall thereafter cease to be
an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness, Investments, or
Liens on the property of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred or made by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Parent as of such date and, if such Indebtedness, Investments or Liens are not
permitted to be Incurred or made as of such date under this Indenture, the Parent shall be in
Default under this Indenture.

          (c) The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary
to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that:

     (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted
under Section 4.09;

     (ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed
to be made as of the time of such designation and such designation shall only be permitted
if such Investments would be permitted under Section 4.07;

     (iii) all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the
time of such designation would be permitted under Section 4.12; and

     (iv) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Section 4.17. Payments for Consent.

          The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any

69

 

Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the
terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid
and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set
forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.18. Guarantees.

          (a) The Parent shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to
Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness for borrowed money
of the Parent, the Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Restricted Subsidiary is the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or simultaneously executes and delivers to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel and a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F providing for the
Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be pari
passu with or if such other Indebtedness for borrowed money is subordinated to the Notes or any
Note Guarantees, senior to, such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness for borrowed
money.

          (b) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Note Guarantee may provide by its terms that
it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances
described under Section 10.05 hereof.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

          (a) Neither the Company nor the Parent shall, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge
with or into another Person (whether or not the Company or the Parent, as applicable, is the
surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties and assets in one or more related transactions, to another
Person, unless:

     (i) either: (a) the Company or the Parent, as applicable, is the surviving corporation;
or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Company or the Parent, as applicable) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (i) is a corporation, partnership or
limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) assumes all the obligations of the
Company or the Parent, as applicable, under the Notes, the Guarantee, this Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, pursuant to agreements reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee; provided that in the case where such Person is not a
corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

     (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of
Default exists;

     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (a) the
Company or the Parent, as applicable, or the Person formed by or surviving any

70

 

such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or the Parent, as applicable),
or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made, shall be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.09(a), or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Parent or such Person, as
the case may be, shall not be greater than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Parent
immediately prior to such transaction;

     (iv) each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Company or the
Parent has entered into a transaction under this Section 5.01, shall have by amendment to
its Note Guarantee confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of the
Company or the surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture; and

     (v) such Company or Parent has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such
supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.

          (b) The Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries
considered as one enterprise, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

          (c) Section 5.01(a)(iii) shall not apply to (x) any merger, consolidation or sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Parent or the Company and
any of the Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) a merger of the Parent or the Company with an
Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Parent or the Company in another
jurisdiction.

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.

          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or Parent, as applicable, in
accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into
or with which the Company or Parent, as applicable, is merged or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that
from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” or “Parent”, as
applicable, shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company or Parent, as
applicable), and may exercise all rights and powers of, the Company or Parent, as applicable, under
this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or
Parent, as applicable, herein.

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default.

          (a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

71

 

     (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest,
if any, with respect to, the Notes;

     (ii) default in payment when due (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption,
required repurchase or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

     (iii) failure by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent
for 30 days after written notice to the Parent by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to comply with Sections 4.10 or 4.14
(in each case other than a failure to purchase Notes which shall constitute an Event of
Default under Section 6.01(a)(ii)) or the failure by the Parent or the Company to comply
with Section 5.01;

     (iv) failure by the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent for
60 days after written notice to the Parent by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to comply with any of the other
agreements in this Indenture;

     (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness by Parent, the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Parent (or the payment of
which is Guaranteed by Parent, the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Parent) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created
after the Issue Date, if that default:

     (A) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity
of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

     (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
maturity,

and, in each case, the amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the amount of any
other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of
which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;

     (vi) failure by Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Parent to pay final judgments (to the extent such judgments are not paid
or covered by insurance provided by a reputable carrier) aggregating in excess of $25.0
million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

     (vii) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and
effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or
disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee;

72

 

     (viii) the Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
of the Parent, pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

     (A) commences a voluntary case,

     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

     (C) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

     (D) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

     (ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (A) is for relief against the Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, in an involuntary case,

     (B) appoints a custodian of the Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent or for all or substantially all of the property of the
Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, or

     (C) orders the liquidation of the Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent;

     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02. Acceleration.

          (a) In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(viii) or Section
6.01(a)(ix) hereof, with respect to the Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable
immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing
to the Company specifying the Event of Default.

          With respect to periods after July 15, 2012, in the case of any Event of Default occurring by
reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Parent or the
Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to
pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(a), an equivalent
premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon
the acceleration of the Notes. With respect to periods prior to July 15, 2012, if an Event of
Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of any willful action (or
inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Parent or the Company with the intention of
avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes, then the premium specified in Section 3.07(c)
that would have been payable upon redemption at the time

73

 

the Event of Default occurs shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent
permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

          (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available
remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Interest, if
any, with respect to, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture.

          (b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does
not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a
Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right
or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

     (a) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice
to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind and annul a declaration
of acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, and its consequences, and waive any related
existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, or on the principal of the Notes) if:

     (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (x) all sums
paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses and
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, it agents and counsel, (y) all overdue interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes, (z) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Notes
that have become due otherwise than by such declaration or occurrence of acceleration and interest
and Additional Interest, if any, thereon at the rate prescribed therefor by such Notes, and (iv) to
the extent that payment for such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest, if any, at the
rate prescribed in Section 4.01 hereof,

     (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that have become due solely by
such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived, and

     (iii) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction.

     (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
requisite percentage of Holders have consented to any such waiver and attaching copies of such
consents. In case of any such waiver, the Parent, Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be
restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This
Section 6.04 and Section 9.02 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such Section
316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as
permitted by the TIA. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event

74

 

of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this
Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority.

          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will
have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any
remedy available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that
the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes
not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is
not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

          (a) A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

     (i) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

     (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding
Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (iii) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee
against any costs, liability or expense;

     (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer of indemnity; and

     (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the
request.

          Such limitations do not apply to the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the
principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, which
right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

          (b) A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of
a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to
receive payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on, and Additional Interest, if any, with
respect to, the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note

75

 

(including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of
any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(i) or (a)(ii) occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, interest, and Additional
Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and premium, if
any, and, to the extent lawful, interest and Additional Interest, if any, and such further amount
as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be
entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee
any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.
To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07
hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the
same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends,
money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such
proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or
accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10. Priorities.

          (a) If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in
the following order:

76

 

     First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07
hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities Incurred, and all
advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

     Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal,
premium, if any, interest, and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and

     Third: the balance, if any, to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.

          (b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion
may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more
than ten percent in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. Except to the extent, if any, provided otherwise in
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (as from time to time in effect):

          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person’s own affairs.

          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements

77

 

of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and

     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05
hereof.

          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

          (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and
powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

          (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee.

          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document.

          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this
Indenture.

78

 

          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

          (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall
have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

          (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such
event is sent to the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof, and such notice references
the Notes.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with, the Company or any of its Affiliates with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires
any conflicting interest as described in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (as in effect at such
time), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue
as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also
subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from
the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of
this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any
Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital
herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes
or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

          If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee,
the Trustee shall deliver to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90
days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal,
premium, interest or Additional Interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so
long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the
notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

          (a) Within 60 days after each May 31 beginning with the May 31 following the date hereof, and
for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the

79

 

Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §
313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding
the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §
313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

          (b) A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders of Notes shall be
delivered to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are
listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the
Notes are listed on any stock exchange or any delisting thereof.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

          (a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its
acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder in accordance with a written schedule provided
by the Trustee to the Company. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly
upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in
addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

          (b) The Company shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against any and all
losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance
or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing
this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any
claim (whether asserted by either of the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the
extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may
seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of
its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in
the defense. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture and resignation of removal of the Trustee.

          (d) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in
trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee.

          (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(a)(viii) and (ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services
(including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

80

 

          (f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

          (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall
become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08.

          (b) The Trustee may resign by notifying the Company in writing at any time and be discharged
from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee upon 30 days notice by so notifying the
Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

     (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

     (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (iii) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for
any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

          (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (f) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall deliver a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to
the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

81

 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall
be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination
by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $150.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1),
(2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

          The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §
311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein. The Trustee hereby waives any right to set-off any claim that it may have
against the Company in any capacity (other than as Trustee and Paying Agent) against any of the
assets of the Company held by the Trustee; provided, however, that if the Trustee is or becomes a
lender of any other Indebtedness permitted hereunder to be pari passu with the Notes, then such
waiver shall not apply to the extent of such Indebtedness.

ARTICLE EIGHT

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in
this Article Eight.

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

          Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04
hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding
Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged with respect to
their obligations under the Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are
satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the
Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, respectively, which shall thereafter be
deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of
this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have

82

 

satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the
trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments
in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such
Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under
Article Two concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen Notes and the Company’s obligations under Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers,
trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’
obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article Eight. Subject to compliance with this
Article Eight, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

          Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04
hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09
(including the incorporation thereof into Section 5.01(a)(iii)), 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14,
4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the
Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver,
consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with
such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it
being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For
this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company
and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason
of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such
covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall
not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified
above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition,
upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections
6.01(a)(iii) through (vii) shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

          (a) The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof to the outstanding Notes:

     (i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a
combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of,

83

 

or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on
the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the
Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date;

     (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company
has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
(b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax
law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss
for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

     (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the
Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either: (a)
on the date of such deposit; or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or
insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd
day after the date of deposit;

     (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to which
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound;

     (vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that, (1) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company or any Guarantor between the
date of deposit and the 123rd day following the deposit and assuming that no
Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 123rd day
following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally, including Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and Section 15 of the
New York Debtor and Creditor Law and (2) the creation of the defeasance trust does not
violate the Investment Company Act of 1940;

     (vii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other
creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Company or others;

84

 

     (viii) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must
deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified
redemption date; and

     (ix) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the
Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust;
Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

          (a) Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in
respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance
with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through
any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to
the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal,
premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law.

          (b) The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to
Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such
tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

          (c) Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver
or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable
Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section
8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to
effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06. Repayment to the Company.

          Subject to applicable escheat laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent,
or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if
any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then
held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall
thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once,
in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money
remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified

85

 

therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07. Reinstatement.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable
Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason
of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof and, in the case of a Legal Defeasance, the Guarantors’ obligations under their respective
Note Guarantees shall be revised and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.04 hereof, in each case until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to
apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided,
however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the
rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or
Paying Agent.

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

          (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors, and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a
Note:

     (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;

     (iii) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to
Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially
all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets;

     (iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders of Notes or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this
Indenture of any such Holder;

     (v) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

     (vi) to comply with the provisions described under Section 4.18 or Article Ten;

     (vii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor Trustee;

86

 

     (viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this
Indenture; or

     (ix) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision in the
“Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the
Indenture.

          (b) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of any documents requested under Section 7.02(b) hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the
terms of this Indenture and make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be
therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or
supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise.

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.

          (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of
Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for, Notes).

          (b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date
is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or its duly designated proxies, and only such Persons,
shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain
Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by
virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after
such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action
by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

          (c) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement to this Indenture, and upon the
filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of
Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02
hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amendment or supplement
unless such amendment or supplement directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities
under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not
be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement.

87

 

          (d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02
to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be
sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

          (e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company
shall deliver to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment,
supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to deliver such notice, or any defect therein,
shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or
waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) may waive compliance in a
particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However,
without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may
not:

     (i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;

     (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the
provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the redemption of the Notes;

     (iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

     (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

     (v) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;

     (vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest
or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes;

     (vii) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or
this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

     (viii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with
respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

     (ix) except as otherwise permitted under Sections 4.18 or Article Ten or Article Five,
consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company or any Guarantor of any of their rights
or obligations under this Indenture;

     (x) contractually subordinate in right of payment the Notes or any Note Guarantee to
any other Indebtedness; or

     (xi)
make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

88

 

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a document
that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of
the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation
before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

          (a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on
any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee
shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

          (b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity
and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

          The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement to this Indenture or any Note authorized
pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights,
duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or
supplemental Indenture or Note until its Board of Directors approves it. In executing any
amendment or supplement or Note, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section
7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by
this Indenture.

ARTICLE TEN

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 10.01. Guarantee.

          (a) Subject to this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, and
fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the
Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and
enforceability of, this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or
thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if
any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by

89

 

acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if
any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to
any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Company to the
Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in
accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment
or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or
any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment
and not a guarantee of collection.

          (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law,
their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the
recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a
Guarantor. Subject to Section 6.06 hereof, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment,
demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the
Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all
demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

          (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in
relation to any of the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or
such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect.

          (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of
all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors,
on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six hereof for the purposes
of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the
Holders under the Note Guarantee.

90

 

Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent
transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
such Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the
Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor shall be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such
Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from,
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the
obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance.

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

          (a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees
that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be
endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of
its Vice Presidents.

          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of
such Note Guarantee.

          (c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is
endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

          (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall
constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the
Guarantors.

          (e) If required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute
supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.18
hereof and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.

          (a) A Subsidiary Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor
is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Parent, the Company or another Subsidiary
Guarantor, unless:

     (i) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists; and

91

 

     (ii) either:

     (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Subsidiary Guarantor) is organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of
that Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the
Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to
the Trustee; or

     (B) such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with
Section 4.10 hereof.

          (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance governed by Section
10.04(a)(ii)(A), upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed
and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee
endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions
of this Indenture to be performed by a Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to
and be substituted for a Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein
as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of
the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall
not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so
issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note
Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as
though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Section 10.05. Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor.

          (a) Any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note
Guarantee, (i) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of a
Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such
transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that
Subsidiary Guarantor complies with Section 4.10 hereof; (ii) if the Parent properly designates any
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this
Indenture; (iii) upon legal or covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes as
permitted under this Indenture; or (iv) upon release or discharge of the Guarantees securing the
Credit Agreement and all other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Parent, the Company or any
other Subsidiary Guarantor (other than the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Guarantees of the
Company’s 9.375% senior notes due 2014, provided that such Guarantees will be substantially
contemporaneously released), except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such
Guarantees.

          (b) Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions
to the release of a Guarantor under this Section 10.05 have been met, the

92

 

Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of
such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

          (c) Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall
remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on
the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as
provided in this Article Ten.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge.

          (a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes
issued thereunder, when:

     (i) either:

     (A) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed
Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has
theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

     (B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have
become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or
otherwise or shall become due and payable within one year and the Company or any
Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as
trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay
and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued
interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

     (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date
of any deposit referred to in Section 11.01(a)(i)(B) or shall occur as a result of such
deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by
which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

     (iii) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it
under this Indenture; and

     (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the
redemption date, as the case may be.

93

 

          (b) In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
(which opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that
all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

          (c) Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall pay to the Company from time to time upon its
request any cash or Government Securities held by it as provided in this section which, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm expressed in a
written certification delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then
be required to be deposited to effect a satisfaction and discharge under this Article Eleven.

			
	Section 11.02.	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

          Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including
the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders
of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

Section 11.03. Repayment to the Company.

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on
any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium or Additional
Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its
request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of
such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as
trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that
such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than
30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then
remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

ARTICLE TWELVE

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by
TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

94

 

Section 12.02. Notices.

          (a) Any notice or communication by the Company or any Guarantor, on the one hand, or the
Trustee on the other hand, to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company or any Guarantor:

Cricket Communications, Inc.

10307 Pacific Center Court

San Diego, California 92121

Facsimile: (858) 882-6080

Attention: Secretary

With copies to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, California 92130

Facsimile: (858) 523-5450

Attention: Barry Clarkson, Esq.

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Service

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Fax: (612) 667-9825

Attention: Cricket Communications Account Manager

          (b) The Company the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

          (c) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have
been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three Business Days after
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied;
and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery.

          (d) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be delivered by first class mail, certified
or registered, return receipt requested, electronic transmission, or by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any
notice or communication shall also be so delivered to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the
extent required by the TIA. Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect
in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

95

 

          (e) If a notice or communication is delivered in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

          (f) If the Company delivers a notice or communication to Holders, it shall deliver a copy to
the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to its rights
under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

          (a) Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under
this Indenture (except with respect to the initial issuance of the Notes), the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee:

     (i) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that,
in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for
in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

     (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel (who may rely upon and Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact),
all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

          (a) Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4))
shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

     (i) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;

     (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

     (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.

96

 

Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar
or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders.

          No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, manager or partner of the
Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or
the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws.

Section 12.08. Governing Law.

          THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE
NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

Section 12.09. Consent to Jurisdiction.

          Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the
transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of
the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York
in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party
irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or
proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed
under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be
effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court.
The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit,
action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and
agree not to plead or claim in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 12.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt
agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.11. Successors.

          All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each
Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section
10.04.

97

 

Section 12.12. Severability.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.13. Counterpart Originals.

          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 12.14. Acts of Holders.

          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by
one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by
agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action
shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where
it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action
embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the
Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a
writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and
conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company if made in the manner provided in this Section
12.14.

          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be
proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or
other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual
signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution
thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The
fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person
executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.14, the principal
amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be
proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.04 hereof.

          (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by
or pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, fix in advance a record date for the
determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding
TIA § 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such
resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation
of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of

98

 

Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof
and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before
or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record
date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite
proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the
then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such
authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective
unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven
months after the record date.

          (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the
Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note
issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in
respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

          (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder
with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal
amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to
such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

Section 12.15. Benefit of Indenture.

          Nothing, in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person,
other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Registrar and its successors hereunder, and
the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 12.16. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of
this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

99

 

SIGNATURES          

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

Cricket Communications, Inc.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Name:  	S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Title:  	President and Chief Executive Officer	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Leap Wireless International, Inc.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Name:  	S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Title:  	President and Chief Executive Officer	 
	 
	 	 Cricket Licensee (Reauction), Inc.

Cricket Licensee I, Inc.

Chasetel Real Estate Holding Company, Inc.

Cricket Alabama Property Company

Cricket Arizona Property Company

Cricket Arkansas Property Company

Cricket California Property Company

Cricket Colorado Property Company

Cricket Florida Property Company

Cricket Georgia Property Company, Inc.

Cricket Idaho Property Company

Cricket Illinois Property Company

Cricket Indiana Property Company

Cricket Kansas Property Company

Cricket Kentucky Property Company

Cricket Michigan Property Company

Cricket Minnesota Property Company

Cricket Mississippi Property Company

Cricket Nebraska Property Company

Cricket Nevada Property Company

Cricket New Mexico Property Company

Cricket New York Property Company, Inc.

Cricket North Carolina Property Company
 	 

[Indenture Signature Page]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Cricket Ohio Property Company

Cricket Oklahoma Property Company

Cricket Oregon Property Company

Cricket Pennsylvania Property Company

Cricket Texas Property Company

Cricket Utah Property Company

Cricket Washington Property Company

Cricket Wisconsin Property Company

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Name:  	S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Title:  	President and Chief Executive Officer	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Cricket License 2007, LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Cricket Licensee (Reauction), Inc.
 	 
	 	 	Its Manager and sole member 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Name:  	S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Title:  	President and Chief Executive Officer	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Hargray Wireless, LLC

 	 
	 	By:  	Cricket Communications, Inc.
 	 
	 	 	Its Manager and sole member 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Name:  	S. Douglas Hutcheson	 
	 	 	Title:  	President and Chief Executive Officer	 

[Indenture Signature Page]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Maddy Hall	 
	 	 	Name:  	Maddy Hall 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Assistant Vice President 	 
	 

[Indenture Signature Page]

 

 

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[INSERT APPROPRIATE LEGENDS]

A1-1 

 

			
	 	 	 
	No.
	 	**$                    **

CRICKET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

10% Senior Notes due 2015

Issue Date:

          Cricket Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term includes any
successor under this Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to
                                        , or its registered assigns, the principal sum of                                  
       
($                                         ) on July 15, 2015.

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15, commencing January 15, 2009.

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1.

          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse
hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
this place.

[ATTACH NOTATION OF GUARANTEE FOR EACH GUARANTOR]

A1-2 

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
its duly authorized officers.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	CRICKET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

(Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)

This is one of the 10% Senior Notes due 2015 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	as Trustee	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Authorized Signatory
	 	 

A1-3 

 

[Reverse Side of Note]

CRICKET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

10% Senior Notes due 2015

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          1. Interest. The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10%
per annum from the date hereof until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any,
payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company
shall pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July
15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day
(each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance;
provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is
authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest
Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided
further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2009. The Company shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess
of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest
(without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to
the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months.

          2. Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of
business on the record date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are
canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to
principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the
Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and
Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set
forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately
available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional
Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and to any Holder of Notes which shall have provided wire
transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts.

          3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, the Trustee under the Indenture shall act as Paying
Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

A1-4 

 

          4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 25, 2008
(“Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are
referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision
of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the
Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued
provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder.

          5. Optional Redemption. (a) Except as set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the Company
shall not have the option to redeem any Notes prior to July 15, 2012. Thereafter, the Company
shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set
forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the
applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the related interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage
	2012
	 	 	105.000	%
	2013
	 	 	102.500	%
	2014 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          (b) At any time prior to July 15, 2011, the Company may (on any one or more occasions) redeem
up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any
Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 110% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds
of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount
of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company and its
Affiliates); and (B) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such
Equity Offering.

          (c) In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2012, the Company may redeem all or part of the
Notes upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal
to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the
date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the
date of redemption.

          6. Repurchase at Option of Holder. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes
shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer by the
Company (a “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer
payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash of 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date
of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment

A1-5 

 

Date,” which date shall be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control). No later than
30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing
the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the
procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice.

          (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent or
its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply such Net Proceeds at its option: (i) to repay, prepay,
defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (and to
permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto in the case of revolving borrowings); or (ii)
to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding agreement to purchase such Replacement
Assets; provided that (x) such purchase is consummated within 180 days after the date that is 365
days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale and (y) if such purchase is not
consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Proceeds not so applied shall be
deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined below)). Pending the final applications of any such Net
Proceeds, the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving credit
borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the
Indenture.

          On the 366th day after an Asset Sale (or, in the event that a binding agreement has
been entered into as set forth in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the later date of
expiration of the 180-day period set forth in such clause (ii)) or such earlier date, if any, as
the Parent determines not to apply the Net Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale set forth in the
preceding paragraph (each such date being referred as an “Excess Proceeds Trigger Date”), such
aggregate amount of Net Proceeds that has not been applied on or before the Excess Proceeds Trigger
Date as permitted in the preceding paragraph (“Excess Proceeds”) will be applied by the Company to
make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness
that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set
forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to
purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to
100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in
cash.

          The Company may defer the Asset Sale Offer until the aggregate unutilized Excess Proceeds
accrued in the preceding twelve calendar months equals or exceeds $15.0 million, at which time the
entire unutilized amount of Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $15.0 million) will
be applied as provided in the preceding paragraph. If any Excess Proceeds remain after
consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use such Excess
Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal
amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds
the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness will be purchased
on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered. Upon completion of each

A1-6 

 

Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Proceeds subject to such Asset Sale will no longer be deemed to
be Excess Proceeds.

          7. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes
may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected
for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of
15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. Transfer may be restricted as provided in the
Indenture.

          8. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for
all purposes.

          9. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the
Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and any existing
default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange
offer for, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may
be amended or supplemented to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or
to make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such
Holder.

          10. Defaults and Remedies. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Parent, the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary of the Parent all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately
without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company
specifying the Event of Default. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any Default or
Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal,
premium, interest or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind and annul a
declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture, and its consequences, and
waive any related existing Default or Event of Default if certain conditions are satisfied.

A1-7 

 

          With respect to periods after July 15, 2012, in the case of any Event of Default occurring by
reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Parent or the
Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to
pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(a) of the
Indenture, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent
permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. With respect to periods prior to July 15,
2012, if an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of
any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Parent or the Company
with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes, then the premium
specified in Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture that would have been payable upon redemption at the
time the Event of Default occurs shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent
permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

          11. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may
make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and
may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

          12. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder
of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes
by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws.

          13. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          14. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.
In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global
Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement dated as of June 25, 2008, between the Company, the Guarantors and the parties
named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted
Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more
registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties
thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of Additional
Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

          15. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes
and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.

A1-8 

 

          16. Guarantee. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

          17. Copies of Documents. The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be
made to:

Cricket Communications, Inc.

10307 Pacific Center Court

San Diego, California 92121

Facsimile: (858) 882-6080

Attention: Secretary

A1-9 

 

Assignment Form

          To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

	 	 	 
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

	 	 
	and irrevocably appoint 	 
	 	 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for
him.

Date:                     

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	 	 

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).

A1-10 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

o Section 4.10                      o Section 4.14

          If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                    

Date:                     

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Tax Identification No.:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature
guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A1-11 

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note
or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an
interest in this Global Note, have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount at	 	 
	 	 	Amount of Decrease in	 	Amount of Increase in	 	Maturity	 	Signature of
	 	 	Principal Amount at	 	Principal Amount at	 	of this Global Note	 	Authorized Officer
	 	 	Maturity	 	Maturity	 	Following such	 	of Trustee or
	Date of Exchange	 	of this Global Note	 	of this Global Note	 	decrease (or increase)	 	Note Custodian
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 

A1-12 

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Cricket Communications, Inc.

10307 Pacific Center Court

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Secretary

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Service

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Cricket Communications Account Manager

          Re: 10% Senior Notes due 2015

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among
Cricket Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, and Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                                   (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest
in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount at maturity of $                     in
such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                          (the “Transferee”), as
further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby
certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

     o 1. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note
or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably
believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account,
or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion,
and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-1 

 

     o 2. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Legended
Regulation S Global Note, or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a
person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was
outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was
executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with
a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of
the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and (iv) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Legended
Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     o 3. Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Definitive Note
pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The
Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

     o (a) such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or

     o (b) such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144
or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general
solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies
with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or
Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is
supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture
and (2) if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than
$100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the
Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

          4. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

B-2 

 

     o (a) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     o (b) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance
with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and, in the case of a transfer from a Restricted Global Note
or a Restricted Definitive Note, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (a) the Transfer is
not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated,
the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf
reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the
transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities
market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction
was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (b) no directed selling efforts have been made
in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the
Securities Act, (c) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and (d) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for
the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     o (c) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

B-3 

 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	[Insert Name of Transferor]	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

B-4 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (A) OR (B)]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o
	 	(A)
	 	A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	(i)
	 	144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	(ii)
	 	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o
	 	(B)
	 	A RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o
	 	(A)
	 	A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	(i)
	 	144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	(ii)
	 	Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	(iii)
	 	Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o
	 	(B)
	 	A RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE; OR
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o
	 	(C)
	 	AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-5 

 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Cricket Communications, Inc.

10307 Pacific Center Court

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Secretary

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Service

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Cricket Communications Account Manager

          Re: 10% Senior Notes due 2015

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among
Cricket Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                                   (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest
in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount at maturity of $                     in such
Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies
that:

          1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note
for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

     o (a) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an
equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii)
the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.

     o (b) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,

C-1 

 

(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable
to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.

     o (c) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

     o (d) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In
connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the
Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act
and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

          2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

     o (a) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount at maturity,
the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s
own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     o (b) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] :

          o 144A Global Note, :

C-2 

 

          o Regulation S Global Note, :

with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to
the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	[Insert Name of Transferor]	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

C-3 

 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Cricket Communications, Inc.

10307 Pacific Center Court

San Diego, California 92121

Attention: Secretary

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Service

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Cricket Communications Account Manager

          Re: 10% Senior Notes due 2015

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among
Cricket Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.

          In connection with our proposed purchase of $                     aggregate principal amount at
maturity of:

          (a) o beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

          (b) o a Definitive Note,

          we confirm that:

          1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject
to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be
bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except
in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”).

          2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as
permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for
which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest
therein, we will do so only:

     (i)(a) to a person whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as
defined in Rule 144A under the securities act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of
Rule 144A, (b) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, (c) outside the United States to a non-U.S. person in a transaction meeting

D-1 

 

the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 under the Securities Act, (d) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) (3) or (7) of the Securities Act
(an “Institutional Accredited Investor”)) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes the
trustee a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in
respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel
acceptable to the issuer that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, or (e)
in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act (and based upon an Opinion of Counsel if the Company so requests),

     (ii) to the Company, or

     (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement and, in each case, in accordance
with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other
applicable jurisdiction;

and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest
in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of this paragraph a notice
advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

          3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we
will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other
information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale
complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us
will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

          4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial
and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of
our or its investment.

          5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own
account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to
each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

Name:
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 

D-2 

 

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

          For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the
Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the
Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of June 25, 2008 (the
“Indenture”) among Cricket Communications, Inc., the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture)
and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (as
defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and the
due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace
period provided herein), and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the
Notes and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with
the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note
Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture and reference
is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a
Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and (b) appoints
the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

E-1 

 

          IN WITNESS HEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed manually
or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

E-2 

 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

          Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , among
                                         (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Cricket Communications, Inc.
(or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
(or its permitted successor), as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

          WHEREAS, the Company and the other Guarantors party thereto have heretofore executed and
delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 25, 2008 providing for
the issuance of 10% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);

          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the
Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes
as follows:

          1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          2. Agreement to Guarantee.

     (a) In accordance with the terms of Article Ten of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary,
along with all other Guarantors, jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally, guarantees
to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its
successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes
or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

               (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period
provided herein), and all other obligations of the Company to the

F-1 

 

Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all
in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof;

               (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the
terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever
reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The
Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection.

     (b) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted under
applicable law, its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce
the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or
thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any
other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a
Guarantor.

     (c) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary, subject to Section 6.06 of the Indenture, hereby waives
diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency
or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest,
notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.

     (d) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that if any Holder or the Trustee is required by any
court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator
or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the Guarantors, any amount
paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

     (e) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled
to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed
hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

     (f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and
the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed
hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six of the Indenture, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Note Guarantee.

F-2 

 

     (g) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying
Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of Holders under the
Note Guarantee.

     (h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary confirms, pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, that it
is the intention of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary that its Note Guarantee not constitute a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to its Note Guarantee and, to effectuate the foregoing intention, hereby irrevocably
agrees that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary will be limited to the maximum amount
as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guaranteeing
Subsidiary that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from,
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article Ten of the Indenture, result in
the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

          3. Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Note
Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each
Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

          4. Guaranteeing Subsidiary May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.

          (a) A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets,
or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person)
another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

     (i) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists; and

     (ii) either:

     (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Guarantor) is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and
assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture, its Note
Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

     (B) such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with
Section 4.10 of the Indenture.

          (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance governed by Section 4(a)
hereof and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee
endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance

F-3 

 

of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor, such
successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as if it
had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any
or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which
theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture
as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof.

          5. Release.

          (a) Any Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee,
(i) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor
to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) an Affiliate of
the Company, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.10 of
the Indenture; (ii) if the Company properly designates that Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
under the Indenture or (iii) upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the
creation of such Note Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result or payment under
such Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the
conditions to the release of a Guarantor under this Section 5 have been satisfied, the Trustee
shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor
from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

          (b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain
liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture as provided in Article Ten
of the Indenture.

          6. No Recourse Against Others. Pursuant to Section 12.07 of the Indenture, no
director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have
any liability for any obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, the Indenture,
the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation.

          7. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED
TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

          8. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

          9. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall
not affect the construction hereof.

F-4 

 

          10. Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the
recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and
the Company.

F-5 

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated:                     , ____

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	CRICKET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

F-6exv4w2

EXHIBIT 4.2

Execution Version

CRICKET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

$300,000,000

10% Senior Notes due 2015

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

New York, New York

June 25, 2008

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Cricket Communications, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware
(the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”), for
whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, its 10% Senior Notes due 2015 (the
“Notes”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement among the Company, the Guarantors (as
defined herein) and the Initial Purchasers dated June 19, 2008 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating
to the initial placement (the “Initial Placement”) of the Notes. The Notes will be unconditionally
guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the entities listed on Schedule I (the
“Guarantors”) as provided for in the Indenture (as defined herein) (the “Guarantees” and, together
with the Notes, the “Securities”). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase
Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders
from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) and the Exchange Notes (as
defined herein) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows:

     1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their
respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following
capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

     “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder.

     “Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

     “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms
“controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

 

     “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

     “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a federal legal holiday
or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to
close in New York City.

     “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities.

     “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 4(k)(ii) hereof.

     “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

     “Exchange Notes” shall mean debt securities of the Company and the related guarantees of the
Guarantors as provided for in the Indenture identical in all material respects to the Securities
(except that the Additional Interest provisions and transfer restrictions shall be eliminated) to
be issued under the Indenture.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one year period following the consummation
of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in
effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or such shorter
period as will terminate when all Securities covered by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
have been exchanged pursuant thereto.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Company and
the Guarantors on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer,
all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments
thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
material incorporated by reference therein.

     “Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a
Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for Exchange Notes any Securities that it acquired for its own
account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from
the Company, any Guarantor, or any Affiliate of either the Company or any Guarantor).

     “Final Memorandum” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

     “FINRA Rules” shall mean the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

     “Freely Tradable” shall mean, with respect to a Security, a Security that at any time of
determination (i) may be sold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act by a person
that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Act) of the Company without regard to
any of the conditions specified therein (other than the holding period requirement in

2

 

paragraph (d) of Rule 144 so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time
of determination) and (ii) does not bear any restrictive legends relating to the Act.

     “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of June 25, 2008 among
the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as the same may be amended from
time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

     “Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

     “Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal
amount of Securities and/or Exchange Notes, as applicable, registered under a Registration
Statement.

     “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or
managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Shelf Registration Statement.

     “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including,
without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus
filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as
amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of
any portion of the Securities or the Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement, and all
amendments and supplements thereto, including post-effective amendments and any and all information
incorporated by reference therein.

     “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the offer of the Company and the Guarantors to issue
and deliver to Holders that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from
participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of
the Exchange Notes.

     “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those that (A) have been
registered under a Registration Statement and exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such
Registration Statement, (B) are Freely Tradable, or (C) cease to be outstanding, and (ii) any
Exchange Notes, the resale of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Act.

3

 

     “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

     “Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the Exchange Notes pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement,
including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all
exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

     “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

     “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and
the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the
Securities or Exchange Notes, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act,
or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such
registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

     “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

     “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules
and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

     “underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof
under a Shelf Registration Statement.

     2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) If any of the Securities are not Freely Tradable
by the 375th calendar day following the Closing Date, then, unless a Registered Exchange
Offer shall not be permissible by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company and the
Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to (i) prepare and file with the
Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer,
(ii) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act and commence
the Registered Exchange Offer promptly after such effectiveness and (iii) keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Registered Exchange Offer and (iv) cause
the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated not later than the 375th calendar day
following the Closing Date (or, if such 375th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day) (the “Exchange Date”).

          (b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the
Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such
Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for Exchange Notes
(assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor, acquires the
Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any
person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and

4

 

is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered
Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations
or restrictions under the Act.

          (c) In connection with a Registered Exchange Offer, if any, the Company and the Guarantors
shall:

               (i) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and
related documents;

               (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date
notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);

               (iii) use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Act
to ensure that it is available for sales of Exchange Notes by Exchanging Dealers during the
Exchange Offer Registration Period;

               (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer, which may be the
Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee;

               (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business,
New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open;

               (vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if requested by the
staff of the Commission, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the
Company and the Guarantors are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position
of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988),
Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation
that the Company and the Guarantors have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any
person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that,
to the best of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ information and belief, each Holder participating
in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business
and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the
Exchange Notes; and

               (vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

          (d) As soon as practicable after the close of a Registered Exchange Offer, if any, the Company
and the Guarantors shall:

               (i) accept for exchange all Securities properly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer on or prior to its expiration;

5

 

               (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with
Section 4(q) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

               (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a
principal amount of Exchange Notes equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder
so accepted for exchange.

          (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder
using any Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (x)
could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position
of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and
Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s
letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any
secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of
Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in
exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company, the Guarantors or one of
their respective Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in any Registered Exchange
Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that, at the time of the
consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:

               (i) any Exchange Notes received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of
business;

               (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Act; and

               (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of the Guarantors.

          (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from
participating in any Registered Exchange Offer, if any, with respect to the exchange of Securities
constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the
Company and the Guarantors shall issue and deliver to the person purchasing Securities registered
under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial
Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of Exchange Notes.

     3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable
interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company determines upon advice of its
outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by
Section 2 hereof; (ii) the Notes are not Freely Tradable as of the Exchange Date and a Registered
Exchange Offer has not been consummated by the Exchange Date; or (iii) any Holder notifies the
Company that (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered
Exchange Offer; (B) it may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the

6

 

Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such
resales; or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an
affiliate of the Company, then, if any Notes that are not Freely Tradable are then outstanding, the
Company and the Guarantors shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with
subsection (b) below.

          (b) (i) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to
file with the Commission within 30 days after such filing obligation arises, but in no event
earlier than the 375th day after the Closing Date and shall use their respective
reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within 75 days of such
filing, pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 3, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to
the offer and sale of the Securities or the Exchange Notes, as applicable, by the Holders thereof
from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set
forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder shall be entitled to
have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement or be entitled to use a
Prospectus forming a part thereof unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the
provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder and has returned to the Company a completed
and signed selling securityholder questionnaire in reasonable and customary form by the reasonable
deadline for responses set forth therein; and provided further, that with respect to Exchange Notes
received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold
allotment, the Company and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the
Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in
satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the
provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

               (ii) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep
the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by
the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a
period (the “Shelf Registration Period”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared
effective by the Commission until the first to occur of (A) the second anniversary thereof or (B)
the date upon which all the Securities or Exchange Notes, as applicable, covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, become Freely
Tradable or cease to be outstanding.

               (iii) Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall cause
the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement
thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or
supplement, (A) to comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of
the Act; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the
case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading.

7

 

     4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration
Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following
provisions shall apply if any Notes that are not Freely Tradable are then outstanding.

          (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall:

               (i) furnish to the Representatives, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing
thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf
Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the
Prospectus included therein (but excluding all documents incorporated by reference therein after
the initial filing) and shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such
document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representatives reasonably
propose;

               (ii) include the information (as may be revised at the request or requirement of the
Commission) substantially in the form set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Registered Exchange Offer, in
Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal
delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

               (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or
508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement; and

               (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders (to the
extent provided by such Holders) that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement as selling security holders; provided, that, the Company shall not be required to include
the name of any Holder that has not complied with the requirements set forth in Section 3(b)(i)
hereof.

          (b) Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors
shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to ensure that:

               (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming a part
thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies as to form in all material respects with
the Act; and

               (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, as of the effective date
of the Registration Statement or such amendment, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made)
not misleading.

          (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Representatives, the Holders of Securities
covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer
Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company or

8

 

any Guarantor a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices (a “Known Exchanging
Dealer”), and, if requested by the Representatives or any such Holder or Known Exchanging Dealer,
shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be
accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company and the
Guarantors shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

               (i) when the relevant Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the
Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become
effective;

               (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;

               (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceeding for that purpose;

               (iv) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the
suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or
the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and

               (v) at a time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, of the happening of
any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of
such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in
the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading.

          (d) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to
prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the
qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction, and if issued to obtain as
soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

          (e) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any
Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration
Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all
material incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto (including exhibits
incorporated by reference therein).

          (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to
each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many
copies of the Prospectus (including the preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. Subject
to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in
connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment
or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement (in each case, if such Holder
is properly named in such Prospectus, as amended and

9

 

supplemented), except during any suspension period referred to in Section 4(c) above or
Section 4(k) below.

          (g) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests,
without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any
post-effective amendment thereto, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all
material incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto (including exhibits
incorporated by reference therein).

          (h) The Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each
Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer
Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may
reasonably request. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company and the Guarantors
consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial
Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a
Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the
Exchange Notes covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in each case, if such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer
or other person is properly named in such Prospectus, as amended and supplemented), except during
any suspension period referred to in Section 4(c) above or Section 4(k) below.

          (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall arrange, if necessary, for the
qualification of the Securities or the Exchange Notes for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions
as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as
required; provided that in no event shall the Company or any Guarantor be obligated to qualify to
do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would
subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement,
the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any
such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject, or to subject itself to taxation in any
jurisdiction where it is not now subject.

          (j) The Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Exchange Notes or
Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive
legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

          (k) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v)
above or subsection (k)(ii) below, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly (or within the
time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare and file a post-effective
amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related
Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Initial
Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be

10

 

stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the Exchange Offer Registration
Period and the Shelf Registration Period shall be extended by the number of days from and including
the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) or Section 4(k)(ii), as
applicable, to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities
covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Known Exchanging Dealer shall have received
such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section or shall have been advised in
writing by the Company and the Guarantors that the Prospectus may be used.

               (ii) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, or
the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that,
in the reasonable judgment of the Company and the Guarantors, makes it appropriate to suspend the
availability of a Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors
shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Holders of the
Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, the Initial Purchasers and any Known
Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, that the Registration Statement is suspended and, upon actual
receipt of any such notice, each such Holder, Initial Purchaser and Exchanging Dealer, as
applicable, agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement
until such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, shall have received such
amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section or have been advised in writing by the
Company and the Guarantors that the Prospectus may be used. The period during which the
availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”)
shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 90 days in any twelve-month period.

          (l) The Company and the Guarantors shall comply in all material respects with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders
an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable
after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement.

          (m) The Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to be
sold pursuant to any Registration Statement to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such
information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company and the
Guarantors may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement,
including such information requested or required by the Commission. The Company and the Guarantors
may exclude from such Registration Statement the Registrable Securities of any Holder that fails to
furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder as to
which Registrable Securities are being included in a Registration Statement agrees to furnish to
the Company all information with respect to such Holder necessary to make any information
previously furnished to the Company by such Holder pursuant to this Section 4(m) or otherwise not
materially misleading.

          (n) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall
enter into reasonable and customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement
in reasonable and customary form) and take all other reasonably appropriate actions in order to
expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection
therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the

11

 

same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set
forth in Section 6 hereof.

          (o) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall, if
requested:

               (i) subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, upon reasonable prior written notice and during regular business hours, make reasonably
available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter
participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney,
accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter, at the Company’s
principal place of business, all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate
documents of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries reasonably requested by
the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such
Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however,
that with respect to any attorney engaged by the Holders or any underwriter, the foregoing
inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated by one counsel designated by the Holders
and one counsel designated by the underwriter or underwriters;

               (ii) subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, upon reasonable prior written notice and during regular business hours, cause the
Company’s or Guarantors’ respective officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to
supply, at the Company’s principal place of business, all relevant information reasonably requested
by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such
Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however,
that with respect to any attorney engaged by the Holders or any underwriter, the foregoing
inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated by one counsel designated by the Holders
and one counsel designated by the underwriter or underwriters;

               (iii) in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to such Shelf Registration
Statement, make such representations and warranties to the underwriters, in form, substance and
scope as are reasonably and customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten
offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase
Agreement;

               (iv) in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to such Shelf Registration
Statement, use reasonable best efforts to obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the
Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to the underwriters,
covering such matters concerning the Company and the Guarantors as are customarily covered in
opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested
by such underwriters;

               (v) in connection with an underwritten public offering pursuant to such Shelf Registration
Statement, use reasonable best efforts to obtain “comfort” letters and

12

 

updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if
necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or
of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or
are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the underwriters, in
customary form reasonably acceptable to such independent certified public accountants and covering
matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary
underwritten offerings; and

               (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Managing
Underwriters, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary
conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or any other customary agreement entered into by
the Company in connection therewith.

The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (o) shall be performed
at each closing under any underwriting or similar customary agreement as and to the extent required
thereunder.

          (p) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors
shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, or by a Broker-Dealer that holds Securities that were
acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities:

               (i) subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, upon reasonable prior written notice and during regular business hours, make reasonably
available for inspection by the requesting party, and any attorney, accountant or other agent
retained by the requesting party, at the Company’s principal place of business, all relevant
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, the
Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries reasonably requested by the requesting party or any
such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is
customary for similar due diligence examinations; and

               (ii) subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, upon reasonable prior written notice and during regular business hours, cause the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ respective officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors
to supply, at the Company’s principal place of business, all relevant information.

          (q) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by
Holders to the Company (or to such other person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the
Exchange Notes, the Company and the Guarantors shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the
Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange
Notes. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

          (r) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a
member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the
meaning of the FINRA Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a
placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect

13

 

thereof, or otherwise, the Company and the Guarantors shall provide reasonable assistance to
such Broker-Dealer in making filings in accordance with the FINRA Rules (which filings shall be at
the expense of such Broker-Dealer).

          (s) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to take
all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the Exchange Notes, as
the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

     5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall bear all expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations, if any, under Sections 2, 3 and 4
hereof (except as set forth in Section 4(r)) and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement,
will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel (which
shall initially be Shearman & Sterling LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm
experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) in connection with the
preparation, filing and effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Holders of the Securities or Exchange Notes being registered shall pay all agency
fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such
Registrable Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts
retained by or on behalf of such Holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel
specifically referred to above.

     6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and
severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or Exchange Notes, as the
case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any
Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors,
officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging
Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within
the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become
subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at
common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment
thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
(in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as
incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,
however, that the Company and any Guarantor will not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or any Guarantor
by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein. This
indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Company and any Guarantor may
otherwise have.

14

 

     The Company and the Guarantors also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify as provided in
this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter,
if any, of Securities or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration
Statement, their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents and each person who controls
such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial
Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any
Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(n)
hereof.

          (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial
Purchaser as a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company and the Guarantors, each of their respective directors, officers, employees,
Affiliates and agents and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning
of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the
Company and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information
relating to such Holder furnished to the Company or any Guarantor by or on behalf of such Holder
specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have.

          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the
commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be
made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of
the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve
it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such failure results in
the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in
any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than
the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party
shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice
at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which
indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible
for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the
indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below);
provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.
Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to
represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ
separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable
fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the
indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of
interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both
the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably
concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that
are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the
indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party
to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such
action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate
counsel at the expense of the indemnifying

15

 

party; provided that, in each case, not more than one such separate counsel shall be employed
for all indemnified parties. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of
the indemnified parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed),
settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or
threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution
may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to
such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional
release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or
proceeding, and (ii) does not include any statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or
a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party. In addition, no indemnified party
shall, without the written consent of the indemnifying party (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed), effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry
of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder.

          (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each
applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the
aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or
action) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion
as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one
hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the
Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no
case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the
purchase discount or commission applicable to such Securities, or in the case of an Exchange Note,
as applicable to such Securities, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter
be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to
the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in
such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for
any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such
indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to
be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set
forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be
equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final
Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of
receiving Securities or Exchange Notes, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received
by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions,
as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which
resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the
one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their
relative knowledge, access to information

16

 

and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree
that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation
(even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation
which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who
controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director,
officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such
Holder, and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the
Act or the Exchange Act, each director, officer, employee, Affiliate and agent of either the
Company or any Guarantor shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or any
Guarantor, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

          (e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any Guarantor or any of the
indemnified parties referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of
securities covered by a Registration Statement.

     7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or Exchange Notes, as
the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten
offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders, such selection to be
subject to the Company’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed.

          (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration
Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or Exchange Notes, as the
case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the
persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all
questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents
reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

     8. Registration Defaults and Additional Interest. If the Securities are not Freely
Tradable by the Exchange Date and either (a) on or prior to the 75th day after the filing of a
Shelf Registration Statement, such Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective,
(b) on or prior to Exchange Date, the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated, or (c)
after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement
thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Securities or Exchange
Notes in accordance with and during the periods specified in this Agreement (other than as
permitted pursuant to Section 4(c) or Section 4(k)(ii))(each such event referred to in clauses (a)
through (c), (a “Registration Default”), interest (“Additional Interest”) will accrue on the
principal amount of the Securities and the Exchange Notes (in addition to the stated interest on
the Securities and Exchange Notes) from and including the date on which any such Registration
Default shall occur to but excluding the date that is the earlier of (i) the date on which all
Registration Defaults have been cured or (ii) the date such Securities become Freely Tradable.
Additional Interest will accrue at a rate of 0.50% per annum during the 90-day period

17

 

immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default and shall increase by 0.50%
per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.50%
per annum. If, after the cure of all Registration Defaults then in effect, there is a subsequent
Registration Default, the rate of Additional Interest for such subsequent Registration Default
shall initially be 0.50% regardless of the rate in effect with respect to any prior Registration
Default at the time of cure of such Registration Default.

     All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that
are outstanding with respect to any Security at the time such Security is exchanged for an Exchange
Note shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Security have been
satisfied in full.

     9. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into,
and agree not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with
the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

     10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended,
qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions
hereof may not be given at any time, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the
written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable
Securities then outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or
indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company and the Guarantors
shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment,
qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further,
that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof
shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing
by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Section 10 may
not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the
provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written
consent of each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or
consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively
to the rights of Holders whose Securities or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, are being sold
pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of
other Holders in any material respect may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis
of Securities or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such
Registration Statement.

     11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery:

          (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each
Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the registrar under the Indenture;

18

 

          (b) if to the Representatives, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase
Agreement; and

          (c) if to the Company or any Guarantor, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase
Agreement.

     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

     The Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors by notice to the other parties may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     12. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights
provided to it herein, in the Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement (if an Initial Purchaser) or
granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific
performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and the Guarantors agree that monetary
damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the
provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the
defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

     13. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express
assignment or any consent by the Company or any Guarantor thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities
and the Exchange Notes, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 6 hereof. The Company
and the Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of
Securities and the Exchange Notes, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of
this Agreement as if an original party hereto.

     14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.

     15. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof.

     16. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the
State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action,
proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

     17. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in
every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or
affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

19

 

     18. Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders
of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or Exchange Notes is required
hereunder, Securities or Exchange Notes, as applicable, held by the Company, the Guarantors or any
of their respective Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or Exchange Notes if
such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such
Securities or Exchange Notes) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval
was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

[Signature Page Follows]

20

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return
to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a
binding agreement between the Company, the Guarantors and the several Initial Purchasers.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Very truly yours,
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Cricket Communications, Inc.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name: S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 

	 	 	 	Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Leap Wireless International, Inc.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name: S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 

	 	 	 	Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Cricket Licensee (Reauction), Inc.
	 	 	Cricket Licensee I, Inc.
	 	 	Chasetel Real Estate Holding Company, Inc.
	 	 	Cricket Alabama Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Arizona Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Arkansas Property Company
	 	 	Cricket California Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Colorado Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Florida Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Georgia Property Company, Inc.
	 	 	Cricket Idaho Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Illinois Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Indiana Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Kansas Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Kentucky Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Michigan Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Minnesota Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Mississippi Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Nebraska Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Nevada Property Company
	 	 	Cricket New Mexico Property Company
	 	 	Cricket New York Property Company, Inc.
	 	 	Cricket North Carolina Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Ohio Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Oklahoma Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Oregon Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Pennsylvania Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Texas Property Company

[Signature Page To Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Cricket Utah Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Washington Property Company
	 	 	Cricket Wisconsin Property Company
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	By:	 	/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	Name:  S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 
	 	 	 	Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Cricket License 2007, LLC
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By: 	Cricket Licensee (Reauction), Inc.
	 	 	 	Its Manager and sole member
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	By:	 	/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	Name:  S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 
	 	 	 	Title:    President and
Chief Executive Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Hargray Wireless, LLC
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By: Cricket Communications, Inc.
	 	 	 	Its Manager and sole member
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	By:	 	/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	Name:  S. Douglas Hutcheson
	 
	 	 	 	Title:    President and
Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page To Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

     The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

	 	 	 	 	 
	By: Goldman, Sachs & Co.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	/s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.	 	 
	 

	 	 

(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By: Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	/s/ John Tyree	 	 
	 

	 	 

Name:  John Tyree	 
	 

	 	Title:  Managing Director	 

For themselves and the other several

Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I

to the Purchase Agreement.

[Signature Page To Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

Schedule I

Guarantors

	 	 	 	 	 
	1. Leap Wireless International, Inc.
	 	 	 	 
	2. Cricket Licensee (Reauction), Inc.
	 	 	 	 
	3. Cricket Licensee I, Inc.
	 	 	 	 
	4. Chasetel Real Estate Holding Company, Inc.
	 	 	 	 
	5. Cricket Alabama Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	6. Cricket Arizona Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	7. Cricket Arkansas Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	8. Cricket California Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	9. Cricket Colorado Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	10. Cricket Florida Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	11. Cricket Georgia Property Company, Inc.
	 	 	 	 
	12. Cricket Idaho Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	13. Cricket Illinois Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	14. Cricket Indiana Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	15. Cricket Kansas Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	16. Cricket Kentucky Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	17. Cricket Michigan Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	18. Cricket Minnesota Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	19. Cricket Mississippi Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	20. Cricket Nebraska Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	21. Cricket Nevada Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	22. Cricket New Mexico Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	23. Cricket New York Property Company, Inc.
	 	 	 	 
	24. Cricket North Carolina Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	25. Cricket Ohio Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	26. Cricket Oklahoma Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	27. Cricket Oregon Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	28. Cricket Pennsylvania Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	29. Cricket Texas Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	30. Cricket Utah Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	31. Cricket Washington Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	32. Cricket Wisconsin Property Company
	 	 	 	 
	33. Cricket Licensee 2007, LLC
	 	 	 	 
	34. Hargray Wireless, LLC
	 	 	 	 

Sch-1

 

ANNEX A

     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the
meaning of the Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may
be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for
securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. Cricket has agreed that, starting on the expiration date
and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this
prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of
Distribution.”

A-1

 

ANNEX B

     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for
securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

B-1

 

ANNEX C

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for
securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. Cricket has agreed that, beginning on the date of consummation of the exchange
offer and ending on the close of business one year after the consummation of the exchange offer, it
will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. In addition, until ___, ___, all dealers effecting
transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

     The company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by brokers-dealers.
Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may
be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing
market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions
from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be
deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of
exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging
that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit
that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

     For a period of one year after the consummation of the exchange offer, Cricket will promptly
send a reasonable number of additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to
this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal.
Cricket has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of
one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers
or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.

C-1

 

ANNEX D

Rider A

PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10
ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:

Address:

Rider B

If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the Exchange
Notes in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage
in, a distribution of Exchange Notes and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person
to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that
will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the
Securities to be exchanged for Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the
meaning of the Act.

D-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00144-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00144-of-00352.parquet"}]]